Home

"user manual"

1. 005 250 A 4 3 The UpdateOutlineEntryWeb agent 00000 251 A 4 4 The AddOutlineEntryNotes agent 0 e eee eee 253 A 4 5 The RemoveOutlineEntryNotes agent 005 255 A 4 6 The UpdateOutlineEntryNotes agent 0005 256 A 5 The feedback application 0 0 ccc ee 258 A 5 1 The WebSendMail agent 00 eee ee eee 258 A 5 2 The NotesSendMail agent 0 eee eee ee 259 A 5 3 LiveNamesApplet Java code 2 0000 eee eee eae 259 Appendix B Using the additional material 263 B 1 Locating the additional material on the Internet 263 B 2 Using the Web material 0 0 00 cee es 263 B 2 1 System requirements for downloading the Web material 263 B 2 2 How to use the Web material 000002 264 Appendix C Special notices 00000 cece eee 265 Appendix D Related publications 24 269 Dal IBM Redbook aas rrenen Gente Wateah eek bale eee WR ales te Eh 269 D 2 IBM Redbooks collections 0 0 0 ees 269 DS Other FOSOUICES 2c cet eso Gin pb Wala Skee bad Ral RAR era eo alee een are 270 D 4 Referenced Web sites 0 cee ees 270 How to get IBM Redbooks 0 0000 e eee eee 271 IBM Redbooks fax order form 000 0 c eee eee 272 GIOSSALY oc edou Set es be ah ee ae ee ae a ee eae 273 NN ON nnne acti asd t
2. 162 8 2 2 Introduction to the concepts of DECS 163 8 2 3 The sample portal customer application 165 8 3 Integrating DB2 data using LEI 00 200000 172 8 3 1 The concepts of LE 0 0 0 ee 172 Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 175 9 1 Integrating DB2 data using programmatic connectors 175 9 1 1 The concepts of LCLSX 0 0 0 0 0 eee eee 175 9 1 2 The sample portal invoice application 178 9 2 Connecting to enterprise applications with MQLSX 186 9 2 1 The MQSeries LotusScript Extension 188 9 2 2 A sample parts ordering application 190 9 3 Domino and Java ee ens 194 Chapter 10 NNTP and the Domino server 197 MOS USENET e e a Bek eM hen oe Peg ie a a eek itera tbat 197 10 2 Advantages of using Domino for NNTP 00 65 199 10 3 Domino NNTP security features 0 002000 ee eee eee 200 10 4 Managing the newsfeeds 0c cee eee eee 201 10 5 NNTP configuration 0 a a EE ee 202 10 5 1 Setting up the server to receive newsfeeds 203 10 5 2 Setting up to serve newsgroups 000 00 208 10 5 3 Integrate newsgroups into the portal 212 Chapter 11 Collaboration 0 0 0 0 0 cece eee 217 TT Sametime d aaen sheers tie ke haere N
3. We also included the indent entry Configuration alias Configuration as well as the indent entry Menu Admin alias MenuAdmin These entries will be described in Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages on page 105 The next two entries were made to accommodate the language selections We named them both Language with aliases LanguageNotes and LanguageWeb for the respective environments Again we selected the correct checkbox for the element to display in either the Notes client Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example environment or the browser environment The use of the language selection will be described in Chapter 4 User personalization on page 55 The ninth entry contains the Feedback form and was named Feedback with alias Feedback Finally we added the last element called Logout with alias Logout This element points to a URL which must be your server s URL followed by Logout Again the element is set to only display in the browser environment This element will give a user the means of logging out of the portal Laby Source Notes Web Image CN wtsc6 oe 0 Itsoll PortalS 390 nsf a Home http wtsc67oe itso ibm com y y Personal y y Personal y 4 b B Enterprise EnterprisePortal y y y Functional y y y H Sales Sales Portal y y y E TechSupport Tech Support Portal y y Administration y y y Configurat
4. _ Figure 87 How DECS works The DECS Model Declarative real time access to enterprise data using a fixed interface DECS connects to enterprise databases such as DB2 For each row in the database at least one key field must coexist in the connected Notes database at all times so partly redundant data is necessary The rest of the fields of a document are retrieved or updated synchronously from the enterprise system DECS stores an internal relationship table between each row in the enterprise database table and each Notes document in the Notes database The event driven activation of the connection to the enterprise data for reading writing or deletion is done by the Domino extension manager module using events monitoring The open update create and delete events on Notes documents are available as illustrated in the figure above The relationship must be initialized for each single document or once for all documents in order to work The connected enterprise tables are statically defined for each connection DECS connects to one table per connection Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 8 2 3 The sample portal customer application In our portal we included a customer database The enterprise database is a DB2 table and the front end to the DB2 table is a Notes database The records of the database can be filled altered and deleted using the Notes database which manipulates the DB2 table using the DECS tool
5. 1 4 Benefits elements and first steps By this time the benefits of a portal are probably obvious to you However we include a list for the sake of completeness 1 4 1 Benefits e Users receive information through a standardized Web based interface e Users can interact question and share information from their desktops e Portals integrate disparate applications and other data external to these applications into a single system that can share manage and maintain information from one central user interface e A portal is able to access both external and internal sources of data and information 1 4 2 Elements of knowledge management Portals deliver on the promise of knowledge management by providing end users with a single point of access to the people places and things that Chapter 1 Portal concepts 9 10 exist within and across their company boundaries Through the product s place based design end users not only access the presentations documents discussions task lists and countless other forms of business material that they need to complete their tasks but also have a forum for acting on that material and engaging others in their efforts People People are among the most valuable assets a company can possess People retain critical business knowledge including knowledge of processes contacts and resources that can often make the difference between success and failure on any given business project Online
6. then we added ten main entries e The first entry is only available in the browser environment and contains a link to the home page of the portal The entry for the home page is named Home alias Home At the Hide outline entry from field we selected the Notes R4 6 or later checkbox This will assure that the Home element only displays in the browser environment We assigned the URL type to the element and pointed it to our server s home URL e The next two entries are oriented to display the personal portal page one for the Notes client and another for the Web browser The entry for the Notes client was named Personal alias PersonalNotes At the Hide outline entry from field we selected the Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 37 38 Web Browsers checkbox This will assure that the element only displays in the Notes client environment For the browser client we named the entry Personal alias PersonalWeb and at the Hide outline entry from field we selected the Notes R4 6 or later checkbox to assure that the portal page will only be displayed in the Web browser environment e The fourth entry is oriented to provide access to the enterprise portal page which is available to all the different kinds of users we ll have in our portal application The entry was named Enterprise alias Enterprise e The fifth entry is oriented to display the dif
7. 0 2 2 59 4 2 1 Tools for Web site translation 2 000 c eee eee 60 4 2 2 Using Domino Global Workbench 000005 60 4 2 3 Database translation process 0 0000 e eee 61 4 2 4 Multilingual database generation 0000000 62 4 2 5 Reviewing the glossary 0 0 c eee ee 68 4 2 6 Managing design changes eee eee eee ee 72 4 2 7 Implementing the multilingual databases 73 iv Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 5 Portal security 0 ee 77 5 1 Authentication and access control 000 ce eee ene 77 5 2 Domino server and HTTP authentication 20005 77 5 2 1 Domino server authentication 0 0 0 00 eee eee 77 5 2 2 HTTP server authentication 0 0 0 0 eee eee 78 5 2 3 Secure Sockets Layer 0 0 0 cee eee 91 5 3 Database access control 0 cee eens 98 5 3 1 Access control lists 0 0 0 0 ee es 98 OZ ROLES AA ede ane yatta a ath is Min RSS EE AL ty Ae ap as 99 57323 GIOUDS ise ane tog Miao ta atk Se ae pee ARS ee E Ee ith ae aes 99 5 3 4 Access control best practices 0 00008 100 Part 3 Applications for the portal 000 0 000000 0 103 Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 105 6 1 Personal portal pages 0 0 eee es 105 6 11 Notes Cente Ks amp ororena Oecd de Ew AS de
8. Comments welcome Your comments are important to us We want our redbooks to be as helpful as possible Please send us your comments about this or other redbooks in one of the following ways e Fax the evaluation form found in IBM Redbooks review on page 283 to the fax number shown on the form e Use the online evaluation form found at ibm com redbooks e Send your comments in an Internet note to redbook us ibm com XV xvi Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Part 1 Introduction to S 390 and portal concepts Copyright IBM Corp 2001 1 2 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 1 Copyright IBM Corp 2001 Portal concepts Portals are applications that enable companies to unlock internally and externally stored information and provide users a single gateway to personalized information needed to make informed business decisions They are an amalgamation of software applications that consolidate manage analyze and distribute information across and outside of an enterprise including Business Intelligence Content Management Data Warehouse and Data Management applications FINANCE SALES F ce g 7 SERVER ws SERVER eat MARKETING es A Ze CUSTOMERS VENDORS amp EGAN Tees SUPPLIERS Figure 1 Graphic interpretation of an enterprise information portal Much has been spoken and written about the concept of a portal Today it is considered one of the m
9. Creates HTTP session and session ID la ke Sends cookie with Requests page re direct URL Cookie Checks session ID Delivers page la if valid delivers page Figure 44 Establishing an HTTP session with session based authentication Build a Portal with Domino A 8 390 Example Figure 44 on page 82 shows how session based authentication works The client requests a page and the server identifies that no cookie was sent The server then sends a login page to the client After the user supplies a username and password the server authenticates the user If the authentication is successful the server creates a HTTP session and session ID It then sends the cookie with a redirect URL to the client The browser at the client will the issue a request for the redirect page to the server together with the cookie ID All subsequent requests form the browser will contain the cookie and while the cookie is valid the server will serve the requested pages Again it is important to note that the username and password is sent in the clear although only once It is strongly suggested that server side SSL is implemented when using this method of authentication in an Internet environment With server side SSL the connection will be encrypted and the username and password will be encapsulated within the encryption To enable session based authentication 1 Open the server document
10. E Programs Evariel Domain N Administration Process Agent Manager Domain Catalog gt Messaaing Basics OS Replication SESS z b M Directory Domain Catalog Enabled jiz b Ss Web b Statistics amp Events Domain Catalog Scope e Cluster Limit domain cataloging to wtsc670e lItso the following servers gt DECS Administrator Ey Figure 58 Activating Domino domain search The timing of the indexing has to be set in the Server document under Server Tasks gt Domain indexer as shown in Figure 59 a aa Basics Security Ports Server Tasks Internet Protocols MTAs Miscellaneous Administration Process Agent Manager Domain Catalog Domain Indexer Schedule ENABLED lal Run Domain Indexer 712 01 AM 11 59 PM each day Repeat interval of 60 a minutes Days of week Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Bl Limit domain wide indexing to ai the following servers Figure 59 indexing time schedule for domain search indexer Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 125 2 Now the domain indexer task can be started Before you start it start the cataloger task to get the Domino catalog up to date by issuing load catalog on the Domino server console You can start the domain indexer by issuing load domidx on the console However you should put it in the servertasks line in the Notes ini or create a program document in the Domino Directory for this tas
11. After read parameters 256 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Get the corresponding Outline Menu NumElements Ubound FuncPage Call agentLog LogAction Elements Cstr NumElements For i 0 To NumElements If Cstr FunctionalPage Cstr FuncPage i Then Menu OutlineMenu i Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu Call agentLog LogAction Outline Cstr Menu Exit For End If Next Get the required entry Set entry outline GetFirst If Not entry Is Nothing Then Do If Cstr entry Label Cstr Options Then Set the label If Cstr TitleChoose lt gt Then entry Label Cstr TitleChoose Call agentLog LogAction Entry label changed Else Call agentLog LogAction Entry label not changed End If Set the new URL If Cstr URLChoose lt gt Then Call agentLog LogAction To modify the URL If entry SetURL Cstr URLChoose Then Call agentLog LogAction URL modified Else Call agentLog LogAction URL not assigned End If Else Call agentLog LogAction URL not modified End If Get the functional choose doc Set view db GetView ViewFuncChoose Set doc2 view GetFirstDocument Call agentLog LogAction looking for the functional choose doc If Not doc2 Is Nothing Then Do TE Cstr doc2 FunctionalPage 0 Cstr FunctionalPage And Cstr doc2 ChooseName 0 Cstr Options Then Set the label If Cstr TitleChoose lt gt Then doc2 ChooseN
12. Cstr Options Then Call outline RemoveEntry entry Call agentLog LogAction OutlineEntry Removed Get the functional choose doc Set view db GetView ViewFuncChoose Set doc2 view GetFirstDocument If Not doc2 Is Nothing Then Do If Cstr doc2 FunctionalPage 0 Cstr FunctionalPage And Cstr doc2 ChooseName 0 Cstr Options Then Call doc2 Remove True Call agentLog LogAction Functional choose removed Exit Do End If Set doc2 view GetNextDocument doc2 148 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Loop While Not doc2 Is Nothing End If Exit Do End If Set entry outline GetNext entry Loop While Not entry Is Nothing End If Call outline save Call agentLog LogAction End RemoveOut lineEntryWeb Call agentLog Close End Sub Once we have found it we apply the RemoveEntry method from the outline object This removes our entry from the outline element Call outline RemoveEntry entry Then we locate the associated FunctionalChoose document to remove it from the list in the administration interface Finally we save the modifications of the outline options menu UpdateOutlineEntryWeb agent The UpdateOutlineEntryWeb agent combines the logic of both the AddOutlineEntryWeb and RemoveOutlineEntryWeb agents So we declare and manipulate the same elements that were manipulated by the other agents Sub Initialize Dim session As New NotesSession Dim db As NotesDatabase D
13. Max Connections 1 Form Override I Monitor any form Filter Formula Multi value data Use multi value data fields Data Integrity Prevent both precision and data loss Allow precision loss Allow precision loss and truncation of text excluding key fields Trim Trailing Spaces Trim spaces on all fields Trim spaces on all non key fields Do nottrim spaces on any fields Data Storage Remove All RealTime Fields From Documents Leave All RealTime Fields in Documents Leave Selected RealTime Fields in Documents Saved Fields Dept LastName Caching I Disable Figure 93 Events and options in the DECS activity document If the DB2 database is empty you start the activity with the start button in the DECS administrator navigator The DB2 table is then filled by the user using a Notes client for example When a document is composed filled with content and saved the extension manager acts on the created event and puts the additional key data into the DB2 table The other way to start out is with a filled DB2 table An initialization of the Notes database with the keyfields is executed by the Initialize Fields action as shown in Figure 94 on page 171 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example File Edit View Create QE Mag Z Workspace Rt Reset Connection View Options gt Preview In Web Browser gt Figure 94 DECS key initialization in the Notes database The key fields must
14. Open the Domino Configuration database domcfg nsf Choose Create Mapping a Login Form Enter the fields as depicted in Figure 47 on page 86 Save the document Open the Domino configuration database in Domino Designer Open the LoginUserForm This form can be changed according to company standards for example background and text color or an additional field such as login date 8 Save the modified form and close the database 9 The next time you login to the Portal the Login screen will show the modified login screen you created Chapter 5 Portal security 85 86 Note It is always advisable to change the template file domcfg ntf rather than the database domcfg nsf itself If you change the design of the nsf file you run the risk that the design might revert to the old design the next time the design task runs on the server Another option would be to make a copy of the default login form Remember to change the name of the login form in the mapping document to reflect the name of the new login form Login Form Mapping Site Information Server type Server Wide Setting O Virtual Server Setting Comment Portal Login a Login Form Target Database file name domcfg nsf a Target Form name CustomLoginForm Figure 47 Creating a Login Form Mapping in the Domino Configuration Document Session based authentication also allows you to have user credentials expire If you
15. e Lotus Domino server If your network includes Lotus Domino servers this option allows you to select a Domino server on the network Members can be added from the available Domino directory and will be signed in using their current Internet password Note For lookup to work this server must either be certified or cross certified with the same cert id as the directory server Security Mail Existing You can make it easier for QuickPlace m ers and users by directory from which QuickPlace members can be selected Directory Type No Directory Name No name Understanding directory types Microsoft Windows NT Domain If your network includes Windows NT Servers this o NT Domain on the network Members added from an NT Domain will be signed in using tr LDAP Server LDAP is a standard way for servers on the Internet to present directory allows you to add any LDAP server including Lotus Domino and Microsoft Exchange serv organization s network configuration may prohibit LDAP searches across the internet Lotus Domino Server If your network includes Lotus Domino servers this option allo server on the network Members can be added from the available Domino directory and current Internet password Note for lookup to work this server must either be cross ci using the same cert id as the directory server To configure user directory click the Change Directory button below Figure 129 Registering u
16. outline GetFirst If Not entry Is Nothing Then Do If Cstr entry Label Cstr Options Then Set the label If Cstr TitleChoose lt gt Then entry Label Cstr TitleChoose Call agentLog LogAction Entry label changed Else Call agentLog LogAction Entry label not changed End If Set the new URL If Cstr URLChoose lt gt Then Call agentLog LogAction To modify the URL If entry SetURL Cstr URLChoose Then Call agentLog LogAction URL modified Else Call agentLog LogAction URL not assigned End If Else Call agentLog LogAction URL not modified 150 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example End If Get the functional choose doc Set view db GetView ViewFuncChoose Set doc2 view GetFirstDocument Call agentLog LogAction looking for the functional choose doc If Not doc2 Is Nothing Then Do If Cstr doc2 FunctionalPage 0 Cstr FunctionalPage And Cstr doc2 ChooseName 0 Cstr Options Then Set the label If Cstr TitleChoose lt gt Then doc2 ChooseName Cstr TitleChoose End If Call doc2 save True True Call agentLog LogAction Fuctional choose modified Exit Do End If Set doc2 view GetNextDocument doc2 Loop While Not doc2 Is Nothing End If Exit Do End If Set entry outline GetNext entry Loop While Not entry Is Nothing End If Call outline save Call agentLog LogAction End UpdateOut lineEntryW
17. password focus document forms 0 password select returnValue false return returnValue The reset button was added with the following Pass Thru HTML lt input type reset value Reset gt The purpose of the reset button is to clear all fields on the login form To enable a user to log out of our portal we added an entry in our menu which sends the user back to the login screen This can be achieved by Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example appending Logout to the URL request If you want to show another screen for the users append Logout amp redirectTo homepage nsf to the URL request where homepage nsf is the name of the database to open 5 2 2 4 Realms You can configure Domino Web sites so that Domino authenticates and asks Web users for their credentials only once when they access different locations Like other Web servers Domino adheres to the HTTP authentication model When a user accesses a page on a Domino Web site the browser keeps track of user credentials based on the realm that the Domino server sends to the browser A realm is a string which is typically a URL path that the server sends to indicate the location or path for which the user has been authenticated For example if your server name is www acme com then www acme comis the top level realm and www acme com doc www acme com hr and www acme com marketing are the lower level realms If a user authenticate
18. people awareness and real time communication tools such as the ones provided in portals offer a means for the end user to view the status and online location of other users Moreover these tools provide a means to engage these users in instant online communications through an easy to learn and easy to use interface Places Places provide a context for work activities Just like a physical office space an online workspace needs to be well equipped and well organized so that people can focus on their task and not the tools needed to achieve it Portals provision their online workspaces with out of the box templates that can be used to immediately design and implement online workplaces Additionally application developers can create new templates to meet virtually any business need and can customize details such as their look and access status When instituted places make it easy for non technical end users to complete their business tasks and interact with others The result of their efforts perhaps a business plan or an RFP then becomes a reusable knowledge object that can be accessed by others who may want to undertake similar work Therefore places not only provide the context for the development of knowledge but also a means for its preservation and ultimate reuse This is a powerful capability in fast changing and highly competitive markets Things Things are the essential resources or content that people access and utilize to
19. Client authentication is optional and may not be a requirement for your organization Domino supports SSL versions 2 0 and 3 0 when using HTTP POP3 IMAP LDAP and NNTP It can be set up on a protocol by protocol basis X 509 is the open standard certificate format for inter application authentication You can now use either traditional Notes certificates and or X 509 certificates which then allow interoperability with other certificate authorities and standards such as S MIME 5 2 3 4 The role of certificate authorities The SSL handshake manages the exchange of certificates and digital signatures Domino fully supports industry standard RSA encryption and CAs certificate authorities The role of certificate authorities is to enhance mutual trust In street language they stand as a third party between two other parties to verify that one of the parties is not pulling the wool over the other s eyes The process works like this 1 The certificate authority signs a certificate yours we will say with their private key to validate it 2 You send me your certificate 3 use the public key given to me by the certificate authority to check that your certificate was indeed issued by them and that it has not been altered since it was issued Of course to do this have to be able to find the public key for your certificate authority in a reservoir of keys that are managed by my server Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Examp
20. TDP Tivoli Data Protection terabyte A trillion characters of data TSO E Time Sharing Option Extended The principal interactive interface to OS 390 UNIX An operating system developed at Bell Laboratories trademark of UNIX System Laboratories licensed exclusively by X Open Company Ltd URL Uniform Resource Locator VIPA Virtual Internet Protocol IP addressing A virtual TCP IP address that can direct network traffic to more than one physical adapter VTOC Volume Table of Contents A list on each disk volume of the files and space it contains WAN Wide area network 276 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Index Numerics 24 hour access with S 390 22 A access 24 hours 22 rate 22 access control 77 best practices 100 database 98 list ACL 98 defined 55 access control list ACL 127 content 33 user roles 35 AddOutlineEntryWeb 145 AddOutlineEntryWeb agent 145 addressing S 390 storage 16 administration 26 cost 16 effort 16 19 largerserver 16 of portal 43 pages 134 application collaborative 42 invoice 42 authentication 77 Domino server 77 HTTP server 78 Internet intranet clients 79 session based 82 SSL 96 automation tools 21 availability 19 21 S 390 21 B backup 23 speed 23 on S 390 23 benefits ofaportal 3 9 of S 390 13 See also S 390 benefits Copyright IBM Corp 2001 bottlenecks removing 16 building a portal 9 business cards 119 contacts 108 C cache FRCA 48 cal
21. The application can be accessed through a Web browser or Notes client Note We experienced an error using DECS with the Web browser Retrieval of the data did not work at all times The error is reported and should be fixed in succeeding releases 8 2 3 1 The DB2 part of the application We used the following SQL to create the DB2 table shown in Figure 89 on page 166 N CREATE TABLE DSN8610 CUSTOMERS CUSTNO CHAR 6 NOT NULL COMPNAME CHAR 20 FIRSTNME CHAR 20 LASTNAME CHAR 20 GENDER CHAR 1 HOBBIES CHAR 40 DEPT CHAR 40 PHONE CHAR 20 MAIL CHAR 40 INFOS CHAR 200 IN DSN8D61A DSN8S61R W J Figure 88 SQL to create a DB2 table DB2G is the name of our DB2 subsystem on the S 390 DSN8610 is the default identifier which set up the table DSN8D61A is the tablespace and DSN8S61R is the name of the database The Custno Column will be used as the DECS key so a null entry should not be allowed 8 2 3 2 The Domino part of the application We created a simple application to show how DECS works The customer form was created for the both the Notes client and Web access The form Chapter 8 Integration using Lotus connector products 165 functionality is identical for Notes and Web It is also used for field mapping in the DECS tool The fields are all text fields Gender and hobbies are multivalue fields S E pe seseceseeeSsee ces eesseeeeeeusec le posssteceeeessle cee
22. addUser STUser event getResolved End resolved Handle a resolve conflict event Will be received when more than one match was found for a specified user name public void resolveConflict ResolveEvent event Add all users to the list even if more than one match is found STUser users STUser event getResolvedList m_awarenessList addUsers users End resolveConflict Logged out event Do nothing and rely on the default behavior which will display a dialog box public void loggedOut LoginEvent event End loggedout Resolve failed No users are available to add to the list public void resolveFailed ResolveEvent event End resolveFailed Open the meeting room client to participate in a meeting This event is received as a result of this user initiating a meeting or being invited to join a meeting by a different user public void launchMeeting MeetingInfo meetingInfo URL url getAppletContext showDocument url meet ingInfo getDisplayName End launchMeet ing An error has occurred during meeting creation Appendix A Code for the portal applications 261 public void meetingCreationFailed MeetingInfo meetingInfo System err println Failed to create the meeting reason End meetingCreationFailed Applet destroyed Stop and unload the session public void destroy m_session stop m_sessi
23. click OK 3 9 8 2 Opening the portal from a browser We all know that we can set a homepage for a browser Ideally one should set up users browser home pages so that the portal is the first page they see Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 51 A a rW a Basics l Security Ports Server Tasks l Internet Protocols MTAs Miscellaneous HTTP Domino SERVER wtsc67oe lts when opening the browser This is however a function that must be performed on the client and users just love to play around with browser settings You cannot force a user to have the portal as his or her home page but you can enforce certain settings on the Domino server serving the portal pages refer to Figure 10 on page 52 using the following steps 1 On the server document go to the Internet Protocols HTTP tab 2 In the Basics section ensure that you have the fully qualified internet host name as defined in the DNS 3 In the Mapping section Home URL field enter the path to your portal database This is the full path relative to your Notesdata directory For example if your portal is in a subdirectory under Notesdata your URL would look something like this dir portaldb nsf 0Open To ensure that the database opens correctly on the browser you have to set the database launch properties to open the designated frameset as shown in Figure 10 OREN e Web Engine IIOP LDAP NNTP Host name s wtsc67oe itso ibm com Hom
24. false 258 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example memo setSignOnSend true memo sign memo send true catch Exception e e printStackTrace v A 5 2 The NotesSendMail agent Option Public Sub Initialize session As New NotesSession Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Set memo TE workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace uidoc As NotesUIDocument doc As NotesDocument memo As NotesDocument subj As Variant rtitem As Variant get the current doc Set uidoc workspace CurrentDocument Set doc create a new document in the database New NotesDocument session CurrentDatabase set the new document s form so it ll be readable as a mail memo memo Form set the new document s Subject memo Subject Feedback from notes client set the new document s Body subj memo Body subj 0 Set rtitem doc GetFirstItem RichTextBody rtitem Type RICHTEXT Then memo Body rtitem GetFormattedText False 0 End If Memo uidoc Document doc GetItemValue Body send the new document to the recipient Call memo Send End Sub False doc GetItemValue SendTo A 5 3 LiveNamesApplet Java code import import import import import import import import import import import import import import java applet util net URL Sametime Sametime Sametime java java java com com com com com com com c
25. in many facilities in the processor and software to provide scalability including e Very efficient use of symmetric multiprocessors SMPs even up to 12 engine machines Addressing of 4 terabytes of expanded processor storage along with the 31 bit 2 GB storage addressing that it has had for many years Efficient techniques for keeping key data in processor memory where it can be accessed quickly e A sophisticated job scheduler e The removal of bottlenecks e Shared access to all disks by all processors e Separate dedicated I O processors So what are the benefits of a large server for Domino 2 2 1 Less administration effort 16 The larger the server the fewer the number of servers you need to run Fewer servers mean less administration effort to manage your Notes environment This is a major issue since surveys show that more than 80 percent of the cost of a client server solution is in administering a system It is also an area of cost that is easily forgotten when you start the project but which becomes a major focus once you roll out many servers and need to provide good service Fewer servers mean less work in the following areas e Installing monitoring and repairing hardware e Installing and upgrading operating systems and Domino software e Installing and managing Domino servers and the connections between them e Monitoring and managing inter server tasks such as mail routing and replication If you can hos
26. public void loggedIn LoginEvent event Get a reference to the lookup service LookupService lookup LookupService m_session getCompApi LookupService COMP_NAME Create a resolve object which will be used for resolving the user names into Sametime user objects Resolver resolver lookup createResolver false Return all matches false Non exhaustive lookup true Return resolved users false Do not return resolved groups Register a listener to receive the results of the resolve event resolver addResolveListener this Get the list of users from the html String users getParameter watchedNames Parse the string in which user names are separated by commas StringTokenizer tokenizer new StringTokenizer users String userNames new String tokenizer countTokens Loop through all user names int i 0 while tokenizer hasMoreTokens userNames i tokenizer nextToken Call the resolver to resolve the user names into Sametime user objects resolver resolve userNames End loggedIn Users resolved event Received from the resolver object as a response to a resolve request An event will be generated for each resolved user public void resolved ResolveEvent event A valid user was resolved so add it to the list We can safely cast to an array of STUser since the resolve was constructed with users only flag m_awarenessList
27. 05 11 2 2 2 Restrictions The following functions are not supported in this beta release e Offline Use of this function will cause unpredictable failures including possibly a server crash e Install The QuickPlace install scripts have not been completed yet Thus the installation instructions describe a manual process for installing the QuickPlace code on top of an existing Domino server The install script provided here is an attempt by the developer to compromise between the amount of time he had to write it and the ease of using it We should have the full install shortly and this process will go away e Stand alone QuickPlace server This beta release will only work when installed on top of an existing Domino server 11 2 3 Integrating QuickPlace into the portal database 230 Once QuickPlace is set up you will want to make it available to your users from the Portal Outline menu Before you can do this you need to log in to QuickPlace as the Administrator and register your QuickPlace server 11 2 3 1 Entering QuickPlace for the first time Start the Domino server QuickPlace will be started when the HTTP server task is started To enter QuickPlace launch the following URL from a browser http servername quickplace where servername is the IP address or hostname of the server on which you installed QuickPlace Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example When the QuickPlace server is installed the Welcome reg
28. As LCField al al al al al Get Notes Docs Set DB NSession currentdatabase Read key Parameter from Agent Parameter Document from Document Context Set ParmDoc Nsession DocumentContext tkey Parmdoc GetItemValue InvoiceNo Print key tkey 0 fetched Establish DB2 Connection Session ClearStatus Set src New LCConnection db2 Create Connection object src Database DB2G src Metadata DSN8610 INVOICES src UserID EBBERS1 src Password EBBERS1 Print Establishing Connection src Connect Connect to db2 data source DB2G Print Connection established Create key fieldlist Set kfld keylist append INVNO LCTYPE_ TEXT kfld Flags LCFIELDF KEY kfld value tkey 0 Print Key is tkey 0 Do a keyed Select on the table count src Select keylist 1 fieldout Set LC Fields Set FLDInvNo Fieldout Lookup INVNO Set DCompname Fieldout Lookup COMPNAME Set FLDCustNo Fieldout Lookup CUSTNO Set FLDDate Fieldout Lookup DATE Set FLDItems Fieldout Lookup ITEMS Set FLDSum Fieldout Lookup SUM Set FLDPaid Fieldout Lookup PAID Set FLDStatus Fieldout Lookup STATUS Set FLDComment Fieldout Lookup COMMENT omy Sy ey j Ay E al al Loop over Resultset While src Fetch Fieldout gt 0 Create Document for each Row Resultset entry Set empdoc db createdocument empdoc form
29. Chapter 10 NNTP and the Domino server 205 3 In the News Feed Parameters section select whether to allow posting to your NNTP server during newsfeeds set capacity for the postings and the maximum timeout Defaults are provided for the maximum posting sizes and maximum connection size for a news feed 206 HTTP Domino Web Engine IOP LDAP NNTP NNTP administrator s name NotesAdmin az NNTP log level Default access Exceptions to default access s Terse J Granta F Allow posting Yes aE Allow posting Yes Jm Maximum post size 1024 KB Maximum post size 10243 KB Maximum connection size 103MB Maximum connection size 100MB Connection timeout 600 3 seconds Maximum connections ia Maxirnum connections 204 Figure 112 NNTP server preferences 10 5 1 4 Set the access control for specific newsgroups Set the access control on individual newsgroup databases To access newsgroups that do not allow anonymous access users and servers must provide acceptable authentication to the server Authentication can consist of a user name password pair or an SSL client certificate that can be found in a Person document of the Public Address Book The username and password pair allow Domino to provide access to the server and to specific newsgroups 10 5 1 5 Viewing the newsgroup After the pull of the newsgroup is complete you are able to open the automatically created database named after the new
30. EE eee 164 88 SQL to create a DB2 table 2 ee 165 89 Customer ToM sre a a ea a tenes 166 90 Activate Use applet in the browser for views nanasan anann 167 91 DECS customer connection document s ssasaa asaue aaaea 168 92 The DECS customer activity document nassau uaaa aaaea 169 93 Events and options in the DECS activity document 170 94 DECS key initialization in the Notes database 171 95 Opening a document using DECS 000 00 eeeeeeee 171 96 How LEI Works Aa Er EREA hed ee were eee Pee Rebs val eEn eds 172 97 Relationship between different LCLSX classes with data types 177 98 Searching for an invoice in the LCLSX application 179 99 Updating the invoice using LCLSX technology 4 180 100 Small frame for invoice search from Web and Notes 182 TOM MOLSX Model torini eet EEREN ee wees dees 2 wed EOE date 187 102 MQLSX architecture placement 0000 e eee ee 188 103 MQLSX class mod le saar 0 0 ee eee 189 104 MQLSX order account management scenario 5 191 105 Putting an order into MQSeries 1 0 2 0 00 eee ee 192 106 Viewing status change in the view after MQ get 193 107 Embedding the parts ordering application in the portal 194 108 Domino server NNTP process 000 cece eee 199 109 Setting up a server connection document for
31. Easy for users to create manage and customize Project centered or activity oriented Strategic tool at the platform level tactical tool at the team level e Designed to facilitate enhanced collaboration Emphasis on user productivity and getting the job done All of these teamware attributes can be applied to QuickPlace IDC predicts a worldwide market opportunity for teamware solutions by the end of 2002 so there is ample opportunity to supply customized solutions for this market The best way to get acquainted with QuickPlace is to try it out You can create your own test QuickPlace at the following Web address http www quickplace com 11 2 1 1 QuickPlace features Some of the things QuickPlace provides out of the box are Instant creation A secure Web workspace can instantly be created for your team The startup time is as quick as 60 seconds Shared content Your team s discussions and documents are all maintained in a single location Rich content can be created within or imported from Microsoft Office and other applications Multiple revisions are easily tracked Shared sense of time Gantt charts and calendars reflecting assigned tasks and meetings are available to help move the team toward its ultimate goals Newsletters are e mailed daily providing an active pulse for the team Real time chat facilities are provided for instant contact Shared process and identity As your project develops the team develops a str
32. LC Objects Dim Session As New LCSession Dim src As LCConnection Dim FieldOut As New LCFieldList Dim KeyList As New LCFieldList Dim FLDInvNo As LCField Dim FLDCompName As LCField Dim FLDCustNo As LCField Dim FLDDate As LCField Dim FLDItems As LCField Dim FLDSum As LCField Dim FLDPaid As LCField Dim FLDStatus As LCField Dim FLDComment As LCField Dim kfld As LCField The following lines initialize the parameter document from the agent and read the key parameter for the select Get Notes Docs Set DB NSession currentdatabase Set Agent NSession currentagent Read key Parameter from Agent Parameter Document Set ParmDoc db GetDocumentbyID agent ParameterDocID Print Parm Document opened NoteID ParmDoc NoteID tkey Parmdoc GetItemValue LCKEY Print key tkey 0 fetched Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 183 184 The connection to the DB2 table is established in the following lines After the connection is created all of its properties are accessible to customize the connection to the target system Common properties include database and server user ID and password Properties are not case sensitive Establish DB2 Connection Session ClearStatus Set src New LCConnection db2 Create Connection object src Database DB2G src Metadata DSN8610 INVOICES src UserID EBBERS1 src Password EBBERS1 Print Establishing Connection src Connect
33. LogAction After read parameters Get the corresponding Outline Menu NumElements Ubound FuncPage Ca agentLog LogAction Elements Cstr NumElements For i 0 To NumElements Call agentLog LogAction into the loop If Cstr FunctionalPage Cstr FuncPage i Then Menu OutlineMenu i Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu FrameName Body Call agentLog LogAction Cstr Menu Exit For End If Next Set NewEntry outline Createentry Cstr TitleChoose Call agentLog LogAction Generates the new entry If NewEntry SetURL Cstr URLChoose Then Call agentLog LogAction URL assigned NewEntry FrameText Cstr FrameName Call agentLog LogAction FrameSet assigned Else Call agentLog LogAction URL not assigned End If Appendix A Code for the portal applications 249 Call outline save Call agentLog LogAction Add OutlineEntry Generate the corresponding functional choose document for adminstration proposals Set doc2 db CreateDocument doc2 Form FunctionalChooses doc2 FunctionalPage Cstr FunctionalPage doc2 ChooseName Cstr TitleChoose Call doc2 Save True True Call agentLog LogAction Add corresponding fuctional choose document Call agentLog LogAction End AddOutlineEntryWeb Call agentLog Close End Sub A 4 2 The RemoveOutlineEntryWeb agent Option Public Sub Initialize Dim session As New NotesSession Dim db As NotesDatabase Dim doc As Not
34. LogAction After read parameters Get the corresponding Outline Menu NumElements Ubound FuncPage Call agentLog LogAction Elements Cstr NumElements For i 0 To NumElements Call agentLog LogAction into the loop If Cstr FunctionalPage Cstr FuncPage i Then Menu OutlineMenu i Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu FrameName Body Call agentLog LogAction Cstr Menu Exit For End If Next Set NewEntry outline Createentry Cstr TitleChoose Call agentLog LogAction Genero el nuevo entry If NewEntry SetURL Cstr URLChoose Then Call agentLog LogAction URL assigned NewEntry FrameText Cstr FrameName Call agentLog LogAction FrameSet assigned Else Call agentLog LogAction URL not assigned End If Call outline save Call agentLog LogAction Add OutlineEntry Generate the corresponding functional choose document for adminstration proposals Set doc2 db CreateDocument doc2 Form FunctionalChooses doc2 FunctionalPage Cstr FunctionalPage doc2 ChooseName Cstr TitleChoose Call doc2 Save True True Call db UpdateFTIndex False Call workspace ReloadWindow Call agentLog LogAction Add corresponding fuctional choose document Call agentLog LogAction End AddOutlineEntryNotes Call agentLog Close End Sub Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example A 4 5 The RemoveOutlineEntryNotes agent Option Public Sub Initialize Dim workspa
35. Lotus Domino solutions extending beyond the enterprise To get a detailed analysis of cost benefits see the article Enterprise solutions for Lotus Domino Cost Benefit Analysis for Large Scale IT Deployment at this Web site http www s390 ibm com f tp os390 domino itg_paper pdf The following sections provide an overview of the benefits we can obtain using the powerful combination of Lotus Domino and S 390 systems 2 1 Domino in a S 390 environment The S 390 environment is an ideal complement to Lotus Domino applications With the combination of these technologies you are able to get powerful applications running on a robust and mature platform efficiently meeting our most critical requirements of reliability availability scalability performance security serviceability and manageability All this and still we can achieve the best cost benefit ratios currently in the marketplace These characteristics make Domino for S 390 a highly valuable solution The Domino server on S 390 uses OS 390 UNIX System Services so you access the S 390 Domino server using a UNIX 95 compliant interface Users access a Domino server on S 390 in the same way as on any other platform using a Notes client or a Web browser They are able to enjoy the same functionality and look and feel The users cannot tell which platform their Domino server is on Also you can manage the administration of the Domino server using a Notes administrat
36. Office 2000 integration This feature gives your team the ability to author content from any Office application and import templates as customized forms Task management Quickplace lets you assign action items track status and monitor progress On line awareness and chat You can brainstorm new ideas or review content with on line team members Themes and PlaceType solution modules You can customize a QuickPlace workspace to mirror an existing intranet or corporate Web site and create specific solution modules to address critical business issues that require immediate response and execution This is only a brief overview of what Lotus QuickPlace can do For more information on what QuickPlace is and how to install and customize it refer to Customizing QuickPlace SG24 6000 00 11 2 2 Installing QuickPlace on S 390 For the purpose of our portal we used QuickPlace 2 0 5 beta code for Domino for S 390 R5 0 5 Chapter 11 Collaboration 229 Note This is a very early beta release of QuickPlace on 8 390 The install script was not available at the time of the beta so we installed the product manually We were not able to document the automated installation procedure however installation for the S 390 is expected to be similar to that for the Solaris 11 2 2 1 Software levels e QuickPlace 2 0 5 e Domino R5 05 The release of QuickPlace must exactly match the release of Domino This R2 0 5 code ONLY works on Domino R5
37. Print key tkey 0 fetched Establish DB2 Connection Session ClearStatus Set src New LCConnection db2 Create Connection object src Database DB2G src Metadata DSN8610 INVOICES src UserID EBBERS1 src Password EBBERS1 src MapByName True Print Establishing Connection Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example src Connect Connect to db2 data source Print Connection established Create key fieldlist with key of the row to be removed Set kfld FieldLst append INVNO LCTYPE TEXT kfld Flags LCFIELDF KEY kfld value tkey 0 Do a Delete on the table if the row exists key INVNO count src Remove FieldLst 1 1 Print Cstr count rows deleted If count gt 0 Then ret ParmDoc Remove True remove Document only if row has been deleted Print deleted End If src Disconnect Disconnect from db2 data source DB2G Exit Sub Handler Error Handler If session status lt gt LCSUCCESS Then Print session GetstatusText 0 The following Lotus Connector error has occurred Else Print Error 0 _ The following LotusScript error has occurred End If End Sub A 2 Parts ordering application MQLSX For each agent this statement was added to the Options section of the agent Uselsx mqlsx A 2 1 The WebMQPutOrder agent Sub Initialize Declare MQObjects Dim mqs As MQSession Dim mqqm As MQQueueManager Dim mqq As MQQueue
38. S 390 Example Author Rudolf Fu RealTime Activity Curre s Not Enabled Identification Name Customers Notes Lotus Application Connection Database Organisation Data Source DB2 db2g using ebbers1 DSN8610 CUSTOMERS Name Applications Organisation nsf Form Person Table DSN8610 CUSTOMERS Mapping Key s CustNo Text Key s CUSTNO Text Field s CompName Text Fields s COMPNAME Text Dept Text DEPT Text FirstNme Text FIRSTNME Text Gender Text GENDER Text Hobbies Text HOBBIES Text Infos Text INFOS Text LastName Text LASTNAME Text Mail Text MAIL Text Phone Text PHONE Text Figure 92 The DECS customer activity document In the activity document we chose all available events as shown in Figure 93 on page 170 so the create update open and delete event will access the enterprise DB2 database through the extension manager and DECS In the general options we defined the fields Dept and Lastname to be saved in the Notes documents in addition to the key which is stored by default This gave us enough information in a view to browse the document that retrieves the rest of the content from the DB2 table The settings are shown in the following partial view of the Customer Activity document Chapter 8 Integration using Lotus connector products 169 170 Events Document Events to monitor Create Open Update Delete v Options Ww General Monitor Order 1
39. Template set to Blank and click OK to create your portal 3 3 1 Mapping the individualized levels in the application Once we have built our database we set up the ACL content with users groups access levels and roles In order to apply the access control to the different applications contained in the portal we did a mapping between the Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 33 3 3 2 Using 34 individualized levels of content and the user roles that we included in the portal Refer to 4 1 Personalization with user roles on page 55 The following table shows the relationships between access and roles Content Application Access Personal Personal Username Workgroup Functional Userrole Group Enterprise Enterprise Default for Employees Group Extranet Functional Userrole Group Internet Functional Anonymous possibly separated In the application we did not map the content to the application elements one on one For the extranet content we used the functional application elements The same applies to the workgroup content and the Internet content access control for content mapping 3 3 2 1 Personal content We automatically take control of the personal information for an individual user based on the particular user name so it is impossible for one user to see the information of another We use the UserName function which identifies the personal information for each individual u
40. Using this in conjunction with the setting Enforce a consistent access control list field on the Advanced tab will ensure that Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example databases will not be able to replicate if the ACL is changed on a server other than the Administration server 9 The highest level of access any user except for administrators should have to your Domino Server Directory names nsf is Reader access We realize that there are always exceptions to the rules But these exceptions and their implications should be carefully considered before being allowed Chapter 5 Portal security 101 102 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Part 3 Applications for the portal Copyright IBM Corp 2001 103 104 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages In the next two chapters we explain the technical elements that are applied during the creation of portal applications We begin by describing the development of the individual elements that compose the different portal pages in both the Notes and Web client environment and then we discuss the integration of these elements into their corresponding portal pages Once we have completed the construction of all the pages we show how to integrate the pages into the kernel portal application that groups together all the elements 6 1 Personal portal pages As we discussed in Chapter 3 Kernel
41. WebSendMail agent Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 157 158 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 8 Integration using Lotus connector products This chapter covers methods to integrate Domino data and applications with S 390 subsystems using connector products including DECS and LEI These provide a declarative interface and do not need user programming Programmatic connectors are covered in Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors on page 175 For more details on Lotus connector products see Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 Enterprise Integration Using Lotus Connector Products SG24 5682 8 1 Overview of Domino and enterprise integration LC LSX Java Classes C C API Lotus Enterprise Domino Server Integrator Domino Connector Transaction ERP Relational Unstructured Systems Applications Databases Data MQSeries SAP CICS J D Edwards asee IMS Oracle Financial y Encina PeopleSoft Text System Tuxedo Lawson Domino Directory Figure 85 Domino enterprise integration solutions Lotus provides services for connecting Domino R5 to relational database management systems transaction processing systems enterprise resource planning applications and unstructured data These services present the user with a common interface to the many enterprise systems As shown in Figure 85 the basic services are listed below Note This book applies to all platfo
42. a role in the portal database ACL e PortalAdmin This group contains the portal database administrators Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Members of the group need at least to have the PortalAdmin role assigned In the portal database ACL we set it with Manager access and all the roles enabled as shown in Figure 12 Access Control List Showa Person group Z rary Moneger Z 88 LocalDomainServers HE OtherDomainServers PortalAdmin W PortalSales W PortalTech F wtsc67oe Itso T ATT PDMS aD UB GECUTeNts A AAAI A I WWE publice documents y ExternalUser y InternalUser y PortalAdmin Figure 12 Defining access for the Portal group e PortalSales This group is defined for the Sales Functional Portal and we assign them the Sales role Users with this role can access the Sales portal page see Figure 13 on page 58 Chapter 4 User personalization 57 58 Access Control List Default HE LocalDomainServers 88 OtherDomainServers W PortalAdmin W PortalTec FE wtsc67o0e Itso Show All Figure 13 Defining access for the Sales group PortalTech cunn G E G G HS Person group Z documente 12 tD 7 iv al puie documents BUBIE AEcUmene PortalAdmin vy Sales TechSupport This group is defined for the Technical Support Functional Portal and we assign them the TechSupport role Users with this role can access the Techni
43. always exist on both sides in the Notes database and in the DB2 table The Notes database must contain at least one field the key field for each document As soon as the document is opened the rest of the fields are loaded from the DB2 table through the open event of the extension manager and the DECS task The user does not notice that the fields were loaded from a DB2 table It happens quickly and is like working with a normal Notes application such as in Figure 95 Customer Profile Dectoer 111111 General Firstname Dieter Office Phone 65645635 Lastname Doter Gender male id Hobbies Surfing Department Dectoer eMail Address dd d He is the guy Figure 95 Opening a document using DECS You can tell the difference only if the DECS activity is not started When the document is saved again after update the fields except the key are updated in the DB2 table using the update event of the extension manager and deleted from the Notes document Chapter 8 Integration using Lotus connector products 171 This mechanism also applies to Figure 89 8 3 Integrating DB2 data using LEI Lotus Enterprise Integrator LEI is a utility that does not come with the Domino server it has to be purchased separately LEI can set up a connection between any standard Notes database and an enterprise system such as a relational table On S 390 LEI can set up connections o
44. an archive database 6 2 7 4 Suggestions for modifications Full text search If you wish to use the Notes full text search capabilities for a database created with this template select File gt Database gt Properties go to the Full Text panel and then select Create Index to create the full text index 6 2 7 5 Where to find more information More information can be found in the Using This Database document that is part of Notes online help or refer to the documentation database at http www notes net Best Practices Templates and Sample Databases BPTEMP NSF 6 2 7 6 Access Control It is important to note that the access level should be Author for all users of this database This will prevent unauthorized editing of documents within the database The Author fields within the forms govern who will be able to edit review particular documents Errors will occur if someone with Editor access attempts to review a document when they are not an authorized reviewer of that document For those accessing the database from a Web browser the database does not accept Anonymous users 6 2 7 7 Redesigned Document Library 4 0 Databases Sometimes users upgrade the design of their databases using a template provided in a new release of Notes There is a problem with Doclib4 ntf databases which are redesigned using the Doclbw50 ntf template users are unable to open the documents in the database Doclib4 users After you replace refresh
45. an enterprise system is needed Chapter 8 Integration using Lotus connector products 173 174 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors In this chapter we describe how to connect Domino data and applications to enterprise S 390 subsystems by using programmatic connector utilities The programmatic method can offer advantages in flexibility and performance but it requires you to write application code For more details on Lotus connector products standard and programmatic including sample code see Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 Enterprise Integration Using Domino Connector Products SG24 5682 9 1 Integrating DB2 data using programmatic connectors Programmatic connectors for Domino on S 390 can be divided into LCLSX LS DO and C API connectors Since Lotus focuses on the LCLSX technology for strategic plans we also focus on it in this redbook The LCLSX connector code comes with the standard Domino Server or client code It forms the basis for both DECS and LEI It is usable instantly after installation just by including a statement in the LotusScript codes that use it For Domino on 8 390 the LCLSX connectors can connect only to DB2 databases While DECS and LEI offer declarative access to enterprise databases the use of the LCLSX connectors requires coding You can also program your own connectors using a LotusScript Extension LSX There is a Lotus Connecto
46. applications that enable a community of users to collaborate in real time online meetings These collaborative activities are presence chat screen sharing and a shared whiteboard that enable colleagues to meet converse and work together in instant or scheduled meetings The Sametime 2 0 release also includes an optional Sametime Multimedia Services add on package that brings real time IP audio video capabilities to Sametime meetings Sametime supports a broadcast technology that enables a large number of view only users to watch a small number of users interacting during a meeting Each Sametime server contains a Domino Directory that maintains information about all users and servers that comprise the Sametime community The Sametime server task provides services to the Sametime client applications including Community Services Meeting Services Broadcast Services and Domino Web Application Services The Sametime Multimedia Services add on provides Audio Video Services The Sametime server is administered with the Web based Sametime Administration Tool available from the Administer the Server link on the Sametime server Web home page Additional information about Sametime is available at http www lotus com samet ime Copyright IBM Corp 2001 217 11 1 2 Installing the Sametime server on Windows 2000 Before installing the Sametime server you must decide in which environment to install the server Domino or Web only an
47. click Create Tagged Database Create Toae anaes Design elements for the source data o Name J Resources 4ilv 03D9AF524827BF47852569F50 2 Images y OFFEF21659A455964852569EE0 amp Applets y 188A39D8BD4B3465852569F 80 SubForms y 1512C2BA1EF29F33852569F400 5 5 Shared Fields y 1FD17AD2B1619875852569ED0 Script Libraries y 15950F1BB47C1D47852569F 800 Other y 133330E628C171C09852569ED00 9 Help Documents y 2B09AA363073F6D6852569EE0 Profile Documents y 2B5E67CEE07BD880852569F80 All Documents y 2AATA6231 4695579852569F500 BAI y 28E9164D5AF478D1852569F50 B ViewFunctionalChoase y 2D9449F1ABFB516A852569EE0 B ViewFunctionalPage X v 20C8D46C355753EB852569EE0 Choose a server location local or remote then enter a name for the tagged database Portaltg nsf The selected design elements are added in this new database as tags This operation can take several minutes depending on the number of design items that are to be tagged Figure 21 on page 66 shows the items being tagged Note The help design elements are not selected by default On one hanad it is better to add them to the selection but on the other hand their number must be kept as small as possible because they slow down the Workbench update procedure Chapter 4 User personalization 65 w Glossary Databases a Portal 5 390 Glossary Design elements forthe s Name tas Shared Fields l F97211428794D5C2852 mi ScriptLibraries v F23430D
48. client or a Web browser 6 2 1 1 Introduction to the Domino domain search Domain search allows users to search an entire Notes domain for documents files and attachments that match a search query Domain search is centralized on a domain catalog server which uses a domain catalog to control which databases and file systems to index Domain search also filters results to users based on their access to the indexed databases and file systems The domain indexer builds a central domain index in the domain catalog server that all domain search queries run against The domain catalog can replicate to other servers The domain indexer generates the index files directly in the domain catalog server and these files do not replicate to other servers Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Domain catalog The domain catalog is a database that uses the CATALOG NTF design The catalog stores records indicating which databases and file systems the server should index and the forms used to search the index By design both the domain catalog and the domain index reside on the domain catalog server Database designers and managers set a database to be indexed by enabling the database property Include in multi database indexing Administrators can configure this setting for multiple databases using the Domino Administrator Using the domain catalog administrators specify which file systems to index Search from Notes As soon as the design
49. discuss building the applications into a single page containing frames and then continue with breaking the page up into different links We developed a special form named GenerateWebPersonalPage which is used to support the frameset structure for the personal pages This page is generated dynamically at the Web client during run time using a combination of fixed HMTL code and a LotusScript agent named AgentGetMailUrl which automatically extracts the personal information of the currently logged in user We created the GenerateWebPersonalPage form with the following layout fields Field name User Type Names Computed when composed Value UserName Field name MailUrl Type Text Editable Value MailUrl Field name Mail Type Text Editable Value Mail Field name Calendar Type Text Editable Value Calendar Field name ToDo Type Text Editable Value ToDo Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Field name Subscription Type Text Editable Value Subscription hidden User af MailUrl i Mail z f Calendar 4 i ToDo y i Subscription r Figure 54 GenerateWebPersonalPage form layout The User field is used to keep the full name of the current user Based on this data we can get the information related to the currently logged in user The contents of the other fields is generated by the AgentGetMailUrl agent which is called at the WebQueryOpen form event using the formul
50. does not need to be routed across the network Mail is placed directly into the recipients mail file which is much faster 2 2 4 Less disk space When an application is spread across multiple servers the design usually involves multiple replicas of each database These all use disk space By reducing the number of servers you reduce the number of replicas This can save huge amounts of disk space 2 2 5 Less network traffic Regardless of how many servers you have the amount of client to server network traffic will be the same although with centralized servers that traffic may need to go over a wide area network while it could go over a LAN if the server is local If you have multiple servers you also have inter server traffic for database replications mail routing and access to other applications The more servers you have the more inter server traffic you will have Therefore by reducing the number of servers you can reduce the total amount of network traffic Chapter 2 Why isn t your Domino server on a S 390 17 2 2 6 Less processor capacity If you run multiple servers you must install sufficient processor capacity on each server to handle its peak usage It is very likely that the peak usage of each server will be at a different time and therefore at any one time you will have a lot of unused capacity in the overall system As an extreme example if you were to place servers around the world to support users in man
51. e Knowledge portals combine all of the above to deliver personalized content based on what each user is actually doing A corporate portal could differ from an Internet portal in that it can e Integrate access in a wider variety of data formats than a web portal comprehensive e Organize access to information for users to browse organized e Assemble personalized views of key information and notifying users of the availability of new material via electronic mail and other media personalized e Organize access to data but not necessarily store the data itself location transparent e Support extensions for cataloging new types of information extensible e Automatically identify and organize access to new content automated e Selectively broker access to internal corporate information Secure Chapter 1 Portal concepts 5 This definition is clearly oriented toward distinguishing corporate portals from public portals on the basis of the kind of access available in corporate portals It is not focused on the types of applications supported by such access however and is consistent with decision processing portals with or without collaboration collaborative work flow processing portals expertise processing portals and knowledge portals Whatever the political issues involved in defining a portal the reality should be that a successful portal must offer strategic advantage to the community it seeks to target 1 2 Ke
52. for example using a scheduled agent In the example of the Notes invoice search agent we now discuss the code where the LCLSX connectors are being used The Get Invoices Web agent code is included in Appendix A Code for the portal applications on page 237 The major difference is the handling of the parameter document The rest of the code is similar For easier understanding we completely separated the code into two agents The agent for invoice search from a Notes client In the options of the agent you must include this line to load the LCLSX connector codes Uselsx LSXLC The agent can be scheduled in whatever method you choose Check the server document security for executing LotusScript agents for the users even though the agent is executed on the server The error handler is initialized Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example and the following Notes Objects including the agent parameter document are declared Sub Initialize On Error Goto Handler Declare Notes Objects Dim NSession As New NotesSession Dim DB As NotesDatabase Dim Agent As NotesAgent Dim count As Long Dim SQLString As String Dim hr id As String Dim EmpDoc As NotesDocument Fetched Row from DB2 Table Dim ParmDoc As NotesDocument Parameter Doc from Agent created by Button The following LC Objects are declared for containing the key information and the resultset information The FLD fields refer to the DB2 columns Declare
53. identity is coded in the form of a public key certificate that is exchanged during the SSL handshake 5 2 3 2 The SSL handshake SSL was designed to make its security services as transparent as possible for the end user Typically a user follows a standard HTML page link that connects automatically to an SSL capable server Most SSL capable Web servers take the SSL connection on a different port 443 by default from standard HTTP requests port 80 When the application establishes a port connection it initiates a handshake that establishes the SSL session This URL is then prefixed with https instead of http From this point forward all communications between the client and server are encrypted and message integrity checks are performed until the SSL session has been disconnected In an SSL session the handshake only occurs once Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Browser HTTP Server SSL SErver Hello ClientHello Request sends Cert Public Key Do trust You Yes Do trust you SSL Session created SSE Session key SSL session created eee negotiated Page Request page Request e Page displayed Figure 50 SSL handshake Three events occur in the execution of the SSL handshake First client and server or server and server exchange X 509 certificates to prove their identity The certificate is checked against expiration dates as well as for evidence of the
54. implemented in the tagged database by selecting the colored elements listed by design name Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example b Update the Tagged Database by highlighting the source database and pressing Update Tagged Database w Source Databases Modify the selected elements to tag by clicking them in the Name pane S Parals390 Re create Tagged Database or Update Tagged Database orta Glossary Databases re create Tagged Database update T a lt Database Design elements forthe s Name FAA otal 5 390 Glossary te Outlines jiy PortalMainMenu E Framesets SalesMainMenu Tagged Database Pages y TechSupportMainMenu Highlight the language databases and press the Update Language Database button See Figure 34 S Npdate Language Database Figure 34 Update language database The database now reflects the design changes 4 2 7 Implementing the multilingual databases Two outline entries per language database were added in the PortalMainMenu Outline design element one entry for Notes clients the second one for the Web clients An icon picture was also added to the design See Figure 35 N P Language a English http wtsc67o0e itso ibm com port v y France A http wtsc670e itso ibm cam Paort y y a Spanish A http wtsc67oe itso ibm com Port y y a Afrikaans http wtsc67oe itso ibm com Port y R y Language A y P English A Computed y a F
55. in more detail later in this section At this time we incorporate the view ViewFuncPage and the form FunctionalPage Both elements integrate the catalog of functional pages with their associated option menus Create the FunctionalPage form shown in Figure 72 Functional Portal Page Outline Associated T OutlineMenu T Figure 72 FunctionalPage form design structure Create the following fields Field name FunctionalPName Type Text Editable Field name OutlineMenu Type Text Editable The FunctionalPName field is used to record the name of the functional portal and the OutlineMenu is used to record the name of the outline choices menu included at the functional page Create the ViewFuncPage shown in Figure 73 Functional Page Outline Menu SalesMainMenu TechSupport TechSupportMainMenu Figure 73 ViewFuncPage view design structure 142 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example The view formula is SELECT form FunctionalPage Create the following columns 1 Column name Functional Page Sort Ascending Type Standard Formula FunctionalPName 2 Column name Outline Menu Sort None Type Standard Formula OutlineMenu This view is used to manipulate the documents that record the relationship between the functional page and its outline menu Getting back to the FunctionalMenus form we need to create the following of fields that work in a related way 1 Field Na
56. indent it underneath the Personal entry for the browser client e Name this entry calendar with alias calendar e Choose Named Element from the drop down list and choose Form in the drop down list field to the right e Click the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens e Click the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Current database e Click the drop down list arrow in the Form field and select PersonalCalendar e Click OK to close e Set the frame to _blank to open the page in a separate window e Include an image for the menu entry if required e Remember to check the Notes R4 6 or later checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab e Close the outline entry box and save the outline 6 1 2 3 Personal contacts The following steps describe the creation of the link in the menu outline e Create a form called Personalcontacts with alias PersonalContacts e Add the fields previously added to the GenerateWebPersonalPage form e Add the following to the HTML Head Content element of the form lt FRAMESET COLS gt lt FRAME NAME Contacts SRC PortalS390 nsf Personal 20Links OpenPage gt lt FRAMESET gt e Add the following to the WebQueryOpen element of the form Command ToolsRunMacro AgentGetMailUr1 e Save the form e Add an outline entry to the PortalMainMenu outline and indent it underneath the Personal entry for the browser client e Name this entry contact
57. log out of the session without closing the browser The Domino Web Server Application Programming Interface DSAPI is a C API that lets you write your own extensions to the Domino Web Server These extensions or filters let you customize the authentication of Web users For more information about DSAPI and filters see the Lotus C API Toolkit for Domino and Notes Release 5 0 3 5 2 2 3 Authentication mechanisms To set up name and password authentication for Web clients who have access to a Domino Web server you can use one of the following two methods 1 Basic name and password authentication or 2 Session based name and password authentication Basic name and password authentication To set up basic name and password authentication for Web and Internet intranet clients you create a Person document for each user in the Domino Directory on the Domino server and assign an Internet password to each user In the Server document you must specify which Internet protocols require a name and password And to allow these users access to databases you must include them in database ACLs Should authentication for certain databases on the server not be an issue you should also specify that Anonymous access is allowed in the Server document Although Web and Internet intranet clients require Person documents they do not need Notes licenses since they do not use the Notes workstation software to access the server Build a Portal wit
58. must have explicit access to the computer to impersonate a user Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Table 1 SSL client versus server only authentication SSL Client SSL Server Authentication authentication with basic password authentication Requires the user to enter No Yes a name and password Encrypts transactions over Yes Yes the network identifies the server validates messages being sent Validates user identity Yes Not validated by a third party only as trusted as the physical security imposed on the name and password Portable to other No browser software Yes user can enter the name computers contains the certificate and password on any machine Name and password n a Yes encrypted over the network to prevent eavesdropping When you might not need client authentication Client authentication may not be the security solution for everyone Before you commit to using client authentication at your organization here are some things to think about e Do you need to gather information on users accessing your server or control access to databases based on the user identity If not don t bother with client authentication If you set up server authentication the data transmitted is still secured and the server identity is validated for the user e Both you and your users accessing the server must perform steps to set up client authentication If you have a Web site that you wa
59. of the frames The only way we could get past that was to create a realm document for our server as shown in Figure 49 on page 91 To create a realm for your server 1 Go to the Domino directory names nsf and open the server document in edit mode 2 Click Web Create Realm 3 The server name is already filled in Use the IP address field only if you Build a Portal are using Virtual servers For Path enter the full hostname of the server This is the highest level realm and will ensure that the user only has to enter their credentials once Ensure that this host name has been correctly defined in the DNS Realm returned to browser when access is denied should contain the text that describes the location to the user whenever there is an authentication failure at the location The text is displayed in the browser s authentication dialog To enable the realm enter the command tell http restart on the server console Web Realm documents can be displayed by going to the Domino Administration client Configuration tab The document is displayed under Web Web Server Configurations as a response to the server document with Domino A S 390 Example WEB REALM for wisc67oe ItsoC Basics Administration Sa Applies to wtsc67oe lItso IP Address i Path wtsc67o0e itso ipm com Realm returned to browser wtsc67oe itso ibm com when access is denied Figure 49 Web realm document 5 2
60. performing Domino for S 390 system tests as well as several performance benchmark tests for European customer accounts Her areas of expertise include DB2 application development in C Java and LotusScript programming Tonie Erasmus is an IT Specialist at debis IT Services Southern Africa Technical Support He has been in the information technology business since 1990 His areas of expertise include application development Internet development systems programming and consulting on IBM S 390 He specializes in S 390 UNIX System Services and e business integration with S 390 enterprise data and transaction systems Rudolf Fust is an IT Specialist in IBM Global Services Germany He studied Computer Sciences at the University of Hamburg He has over five years of Copyright IBM Corp 2001 xiii xiv experience in Domino application development and administration He is a Certified Lotus Professional at the Principal level in Domino R4 and R5 He gained practical experience in several large application development projects at customer accounts His areas of expertise include DB2 DECS LEI and Lotus connectors Ernesto Ramos is an IT Consultant for Ddemesis in Mexico He studied Applied Mathematics and Computation at the National Autonomous University of Mexico UNAM He has over five years of experience in Domino application development and project management and 12 years of experience developing in diverse programming languages such
61. servers S 390 support staff can think of Notes as a major subsystem on OS 390 similar to CICS IMS or DB2 with its own specialist support staff It is critical to the success of the Notes deployment on S 390 that the two groups of people work together as a team that they build an overall support plan for Domino on S 390 and that everyone understands the specific roles of each group and how they interface with each other 2 4 3 Service strategies There is one service strategy that is consistently effective determine the OS 390 fixes for your releases of Domino then install all program temporary fixes PTFs on this list whether they seem to apply or not Domino uses a wide variety of OS 390 system services so if it is on the PTF list it needs to be applied Lotus regularly provides updates to Domino that contain new function as well as maintenance Unlike the IBM maintenance procedure which updates just small portions of product code these updates are a complete replacement of the Domino product code A quarterly maintenance release QMR is issued about every three months for example Domino 5 05 If there are hot fixes that need to be issued sooner they come in a quarterly maintenance update QMU for example Domino R4 04a There are also incremental updates that allow upgrades from one QMR to another without the need to install the entire code stream Visit the home page of Domino for S 390 at URL http www s390 i
62. set a log out time period found in the Server document below the Session Authentication field the server drops the user s credentials after the specified amount of inactive time In addition you can now specify the maximum number of user sessions allowed on the server at the same time In addition to setting the log out time period in the server document we recommend that you put a LOGOUT button on the portal for users handling sensitive information In general it is always a good idea to provide this functionality If no LOGOUT button exists users can log out of the session by appending logout to the URL If session based authentication is not enabled then the user must shut down the browser to log out of the Web server Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Note If your servers are set up for round robin DNS do not use session based name and password authentication The servers cannot store the session information in memory when using round robin DNS In addition if a server is restarted or crashes session information is lost Then the user must re enter the name and password For our portal we chose session based name and password authentication and created our own custom login form see Figure 48 for the following reasons e Security Username and password are only sent in the clear once Users can log out Sessions can be timed out e Ease of use User is only prompted once for creden
63. support only a small number of Notes users there are advantages to running the Domino server on a S 390 alongside other applications rather than investing in a separate server with its own support needs 2 3 3 Multiple operating systems on one server S 390 goes a step further and allows you to run up to 15 different operating systems on a single S 390 server This function is called Processor Resource Systems Manager PR SM also commonly referred to as logical partitioning PR SM provides an additional alternative to Domino partitioning PR SM provides a higher degree of isolation by running separate operating systems although at a slightly higher cost in terms of system resources used PR SM is part of the strategy to minimize the number of servers and it is used for the following Hardware consolidation You can run different operating systems or operating environments on a single server This could be different operating systems such as VM OS 890 and TPF or different versions of OS 390 for example You can use this to consolidate multiple servers including Domino servers onto one physical server without merging the environments This is a quick way to reduce the number of servers you run Development and test You can provide a separate development and test environment and Notes domain on the same physical server for the upgrading of operating system software Domino server code or testing new functions and applications Wor
64. that other members have contributed More active users will compose their own main topics and responses This template is designed for users accessing the information either from a Notes client or a Web browser Most features are available to both types of users See the Using Database document for more information on how to use the discussion features from a Web browser To access the Using Database document 1 Open the discussion database with the Lotus Domino Designer client 2 Click the Resources folder and expand its options 3 Click Other 4 Double click Using Database Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 129 6 2 6 3 When do you use this database Use the database when you have time a free moment between meetings after hours or while traveling 6 2 6 4 Where can you find more information More information can be found in the R5 help database HELP5 NSF and in the Using this database document for this database Refer to the documentation database at http www notes net Best Practices Templates and Sample Databases BPTEMP NSF 6 2 6 5 Access control The default access of a database created with this template is Author 6 2 6 6 Adding a link in the portal for the database For the Notes client we added an entry in the portal menu outline and indented it under the Enterprise entry The entry was named Discussion with alias Discussion and contains the following computed action Command FileO
65. the browser client e Name this entry Subscription with alias Subscription e Choose Named Element from the drop down list and choose Form in the drop down list field to the right e Click the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens e Click the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Current database e Click the drop down list arrow in the Form field and select PersonalSubscriptions e Click OK to close e Set the frame to _blank to open the page in a separate window e Include an image for the menu entry if required e Remember to check the Notes R4 6 or later checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab e Close the outline entry box and save the outline Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 121 6 1 2 6 Sametime chat function 11 1 Sametime on page 217 describes the Sametime application and also the integration of the Sametime chat function into the portal 6 2 Enterprise portal pages On the enterprise portal page we included some applications of general interest for the employees of a company All company users have access to these pages We included the following applications in the enterprise portal e Domino domain search e Quickplace e Sametime e News e Newsgroups e Discussion e Library 6 2 1 Domino domain search 122 The purpose of the Domino domain search element is to have a search engine which can be used to search the whole site from a Notes
66. to Figure 119 on page 215 Select the Edit Profile hotspot from any of the views in the database to bring up your personal interest profile document You can elect to be notified in a newsletter if certain conditions are met These conditions can include the appearance of your name or phrases that you designate This feature is not available to Anonymous Web users or newsreader users You will receive mail informing you of new additions to the database according to your profile 214 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Instructions Cancel Interest Profile Preferences for Erna Schmidt Inform me of new documents by these Authors r Ala Inform me of new documents in these Categories P al Inform me of new document Subjects containing these words or phrases separate each listing with a new line P Figure 119 Setting up an interest profile Chapter 10 NNTP andthe Domino server 215 216 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 11 Collaboration This chapter describes how to implement Sametime and QuickPlace two Lotus products designed to facilitate interaction and collaboration 11 1 Sametime This section describes how to add a Sametime server to the ITSO Domino domain using a separate Windows 2000 server It also shows how to implement a Sametime Meeting Center page anda Sametime Chat applet in the portal database 11 1 1 Sametime overview Sametime consists of client and server
67. used a frameset design element and included the mail calendar tasks to do and subscriptions into the frameset This gives a user one page with all his personal applications included in the frame As we began to use Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 41 these applications we came to the conclusion that a single page confuses the user and we ended up dragging the frames bigger and smaller all the time depending on which application we wanted to use To eliminate this inconvenience we added all the applications as menu entries into the menu outline element and created a separate page for each application We also changed the settings to open each application into its own window This allowed us to keep for instance our mail open all the time while working in other applications in the portal To build the Notes client solution we began with the instructions in Building a Portal with Lotus Domino R5 REDP0019 For the Web browser client solution we made some modifications including adding HTML and LotusScript code in order to meet our goal of keeping the same functionality and look in both environments In Chapter 4 User personalization on page 55 we ll describe the content of these pages 3 6 Designing the functional portal pages 42 Our portal included two examples of functional portal pages e The sales portal e The technical support portal Inside the portals we included some of the most useful collabora
68. used by the classes The constants are a subset of those defined in the MQSeries C header files namely CMQC H with some additional IBM MQSeries LSX reason codes These classes can be categorized into three groups 1 The first group contains only the MQSession Class It provides a root object that contains the status of the last action performed on any of the MQSeries LSX objects 2 The second group contains the MQQueueManager MQQueue and MQProcess classes They provide access to the underlying IBM MQSeries objects Methods or properties defined in these classes result in calls being made across the MQI 3 The third group contains the MQMessage MQPutMessageOptions and MQGetMessageOptions classes They encapsulate the MQMD MQPMO and MQGMO data structures respectively and are used to put and retrieve messages to from queues The class relationship is presented in Figure 103 MQSession References AccessQueueManager e Methods y MQQueue Manager Connect cnn Disconnect a A 5 Open AccessProcess ccessQueue PU MQPutMessageOptions MQProcess rT p Lar MQGetMessageOptions Get Close MQMessage Write Figure 103 MQLSX class model i Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 189 In reference to Figure 103 the following list will help identify the components e The MQSession class defines an instance of MQSeries access This class manages all calls an
69. 135 New parameter interface 0 0 0 00 cee ete 136 Configuration view for consults 0 0 00 cee eee 136 Configuration form layout structure 0 0 0 eee ee 137 ViewConfiguration view layout structure 2 0 0 00 137 ConfigurationPage page layout structure 00a ee eee 138 Menu Generator components 000 c eee es 139 Options Menu Administration interface 002 eee eee 140 FunctionalMenus form design structure 00 cee eee 141 FunctionalPage form design structure 00 eee ee aes 142 ViewFuncPage view design structure 0 0 eee eee 142 Functionalchoices form design structure 20 cee eae 144 ViewFuncChoose view design structure 0 02 eee eee 144 Feedback panel 000 c eect ete 152 Adding a new image resource 0 2 cee ee 153 Feedback outline entry 0 2 0 eee 154 Body tertie sc chariot Fine bw lee ie ow eG ls HER a edd 154 Hiding atel ereina een goes haben ieee dias 154 RichTextBody field ree eae K ees 155 NotesSendMail 0 0 0 ce tees 156 WebSend Mall cis ss r erani nE EIEEE eke EEEIEE athe hay 156 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 84 WebSendMail agent 0 eee 157 85 Domino enterprise integration solutions 2000 eae 159 86 Selecting DECS during configuration of the Domino server 163 87 How DECS workS eo suia ae Kar OEE
70. 2 Go to the Internet Protocols Domino Web Engine tab 3 The first field Session Authentication can be changed between disabled Realm based Single server and Multi Server For the purpose of this portal we used Single Server authentication For more information on Multi Server and Single Signon across multiple servers in a domain refer to the Notes Administration Manual Multi Server authentication is only available on Domino R5 05 servers and above 4 On the server console issue the following command for your changes to take effect Tell HTTP restart Chapter 5 Portal security 83 PET gt WES 0 SERVER wisc67oe I Hh L N ee praw ool Tren iA Basics Security Ports Server Tasks f fener Protocols MTAs i Transactional Logging Administration HTTP Domino Web Engine 0P LDAP NNTP Session authentication Bingle Server azy Java servlet support None aizi Idle session timeout 30 a minutes Servlet URL path 1 servlet Maximum active sessions 10004 Class path domino servlet Servletfile extensions F Does this serverusellS Jm Session state tracking Enabled az Protocol j m Idle session timeout 30 a minutes Hostname fi Maximum active sessions 10004 Port number 805 Session persistence Disabled a Figure 45 Enabling session based authentication in the server document Note To use session based authentication Web clients must use a brow
71. 3 Secure Sockets Layer Secure Sockets Layer SSL is a security protocol that provides communications privacy and authentication for Domino server tasks that operate over TCP IP The TCP IP protocol forms the underlying foundation for scalable Internet communications Unfortunately TCP IP is by its very nature unsecured However using the SSL protocol in conjunction with TCP IP brings reasonable first level security to this previously unsecured environment Perhaps the most important function that SSL brings to standard TCP IP and HTTP sessions is the ability to mutually authenticate servers and clients By enabling SSL you can establish trusted relationships between clients and servers using certificates and digital signatures While this ability has long been available to Notes users it was a ground breaking development in security across TCP IP The Domino server is capable of providing a very similar type of authentication for browser clients as it does for Notes clients using SSL and X 509 certificates These certificates are stored in the user s Web browser as well as on the server While these provide a secure way of authenticating with the server they tend to be a high maintenance solution and may be expensive to implement if you intend to use third party certification to protect both the user and the server from each other Several companies offer this service including Verisign and GlobalSign For many sites the level of se
72. 6 Less processor capacity 0 0 eee eee 18 2 3 Other unique S 390 benefits 2 0 000 eee eee 18 2 3 1 Multiple applications on one server 22 005 18 2 3 2 Running Domino alongside enterprise applications 19 2 3 3 Multiple operating systems on one server 20 2 3 4 LOW COSTS 29 548 ok oa ae ek ON ee a ES ae ek GY aTe 21 2 3 5 Security and integrity 02 0 21 2 3 6 Reliability and availability 2 0 0 0 ee 21 2 3 7 Growth and flexibility 2 0 2 0 ee 22 2 3 8 Powerful I O capability and backup speed 23 2 3 9 Data management 0 eee ee 23 23 10 LOW TISK iari eee Pee ee Re Da aa 23 2 4 Developing Notes applications on a S 390 platform 24 2 4 1 Gathering the prerequisites 0 0 0 eee ees 24 Copyright IBM Corp 2001 iii 2 4 2 Creating a support team a a naana aaa 25 2 4 3 Service strategies 0 0 ee 26 2 4 4 Writing the portal 2 ee ee 26 Part 2 Creating the portal architecture 0 0 0 0c eee ee 27 Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 2 29 3 1 Individualized levels of content 00000 e eee eee eee 29 3 1 1 Levels of content sorea 0 0 ee 29 3 2 Designing the kernel portal application 0 5 31 3 2 1 Portal Structure aseran eG area bie oa Ble a ly ea A 32 3 3 The portal database
73. 73MNA http www lotus com yellowbooks Or http notes net notesua nsf e Domino Global Workbench Guidelines for Developers and Translators e Domino Global Workbench Help dgwhelp hlp comes with product e Java Sametime What s New in the Sametime 2 0 Java Toolkit whitepaper e Sametime 2 0 Administration Help sthelpad nsf comes with product e Sametime 2 0 Installation guide with product e Domino 5 Administration Help with product e Domino 5 Designer Help with product D 4 Referenced Web sites These Web sites are also relevant as further information sources http www lotus com home nsf welcome globaldesgnr e http www dkms com EIPDEF html Enterprise Information Portal Definition Is a Political Process ttp www notes net today nsf SSL It s not just for commerce anymore ttp www lotus com home nsf welcome eizone Lotus enterprise integration tp www notes net today nsf Domino NNTP server ttp notes net notesua nsf 0b345eb9d127270b8525665d006bc355 05af8a7909 694b685256a34005314d9 0penDocument Domino for S 390 documentation e lo p a 2 5 ttp www ibm com redbooks 2 p ttp www lotus com sametime 270 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example How to get IBM Redbooks This section explains how both customers and IBM employees can find out about IBM Redbooks redpieces and CD ROMs A form for ordering books and CD ROMs by fax or e mail is also prov
74. 756FE169985 Tagged Database Tagging Building Update Batch Created http wtsc67oe itso ibm com mail terasmus nsf lnbox OpenView erm Created http wtsc6 oe itso ibm com mail terasmus nsf Calendar OpenvView erm Created http wtsc67oe itso ibm com mail terasmus nsf ToDo Openview erm Created htto wtsc6 oe Applications Subscrip nsf SubscriptionsOutline OpenPage B3EAE461CE976009852569FF006B78C4 lt No form gt lt lt No predefined field found gt gt Added Tagging B3EAE461CE976009852569FF006B78C4 erm Created http wtsc67oe itso ibm com mail eschmidt nst lnbox Openview erm Created http wtscb7oe itso ibm com mail eschmidtnsf Calendar OpenView erm Created http wtsc67oe itso ibm com mail eschmidtnsf ToDa Openview erm Created htto wtsc6 oe Applications Subscrip nsf SubscriptionsOutline OpenPage 1 O38EB45A5FD88EC852569FF006B78E5 lt No form gt lt lt No predefined field found gt gt Added Tagging 1038EB45A5FD88EC852569FF006B78E5 erm Created htto wtsc6 oe itso ibm com mail eschmidtnst lnbox OpenView erm Created htto wtsc6 oe itso ibm com mail eschmidtnst Calendar OpenvView i Figure 21 Items being tagged 6 Generate the language database s In the tagged database area click the Language database dropdown list and select Add Language as shown in Figure 22 Language Database 1 v Language Database 1 Add L Figure 22 Choosing
75. 90 Example 1 Two icons were added icon_feedback gif feedback_kids gif From the designer select Resources gt Images and click the New Image Resource button Enter the path for the image you want to add to the portal design This is shown in Figure 77 v Recent Databas 4 Ie New kage Resource Portal 390 4 Name Comment wtscb oe Portals btn_go gif B Outlines H Framesets feedback_kids gif Pages Forms icon_feedback gif E Views Folders insbrok gif t Navigators Q Agents new_pol gif Synopsis Resources Images Figure 77 Adding a new image resource 2 The Feedback Outline Entry added to the PortalMainMenu outline is shown in Figure 78 on page 154 Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 153 Outline Entry v Feedback Al feedback NamedElement v Form vl FeedbackForm f AY MainBody icon_feedback gif li Figure 78 Feedback outline entry 3 One form was added called FeedbackForm containing the design elements listed below a Text representing the message addressed to the Web site users b One Body text field hidden from Web browser users This field is the Body of the mail sent to the webmaster by the notes users when submitting their feedback See Figures 79 and 80 Tet Editable g Figure 79 Body text field Figure 80 Hiding a field 154 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example c One Rich Text field was added called RichTextBody this
76. Build a Portal with Domino A 390 Example The concepts features and benefits of a portal as a knowledge tool ene Building your own portal architecture with levels of content Integrating applications into the portal Mike Ebbers Armelle Creuzet Tonie Erasmus Rudolf Fust Ernesto Ramos Erna Schmidt ibm com redbooks Redbooks SG24 6231 00 International Technical Support Organization Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example April 2001 Take Note Before using this information and the product it supports be sure to read the general information in Appendix C Special notices on page 265 First Edition April 2001 This edition applies to Release 5 06 of Domino for S 390 V5R5 Program Number 5655 B86 for use with the IBM OS 390 Version 2 Release 6 Operating System and above Comments may be addressed to IBM Corporation International Technical Support Organization Dept HYJ Mail Station P099 2455 South Road Poughkeepsie NY 12601 5400 When you send information to IBM you grant IBM a non exclusive right to use or distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2001 All rights reserved Note to U S Government Users Documentation related to restricted rights Use duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Cont
77. Connect to db2 data source DB2G Print Connection established This selection is accomplished by creating a key list The default key flag LCFIELDF_KEY indicates an exact match If an inequality such as greater than or like is needed then the field s flags property would be ORed with the corresponding constant In all cases key fields must have the LCFIELDF_KEY constant in addition to any optional conditional flag constants The key fieldlist which defines the column and the value used to retrieve the rows is created in the following lines The value was read before from the agent parameter document Create key fieldlist Set kfld keylist append INVNO LCTYPE TEXT kfld Flags LCFIELDF KEY kfld value tkey 0 Print Key is tkey 0 The Select connection method creates a result set of all records from the external system which match the keylist If the LotusScript keyword Nothing is substituted for the keylist then all records of the specified metadata would be selected In this case all records from the DB2 table are selected Here we use our previously created key fieldlist We match the LC Fields to the columns of the resultset we will receive Do a keyed Select on the table count src Select keylist 1 fieldout Set LC Fields Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Set FLDInvNo Fieldout Lookup INVNO Set FLDCompname Fieldout Lookup COMPNAME Set FLDCustNo Fieldout Look
78. Dim mqm As MQMessage Dim mqpmo As MQPutMessageOptions Dim mqgmo As MQGetMessageOptions Dim mqp As MQProcess Dim QueueName As String Dim T As String Dim ErrString As String Dim PutMsg As Integer Dim GetMsg As Integer Dim msgout As String Dim msgin As String Appendix A Code for the portal applications 241 Dim db As NotesDatabase Dim session As NotesSession Dim Agent As NotesAgent Dim ParmDoc As NotesDocument Set session New NotesSession Set db session CurrentDatabase Read MQ string values from DocumentContext Document where agent is activated Set ParmDoc session Document Context Stat ParmDoc Status 0 CustNumbers ParmDoc CustomerNumber 0 CustNames ParmDoc CustomerName 0 Item ParmDoc Item 0 PhoneS Cstr ParmDoc NoteID amp 7 OrderDate Cstr ParmDoc Date 0 Amount Cstr ParmDoc Amount 0 Comment ParmDoc Comment 0 Specifiy name of the Queue to put the message in QueueName SG245682 NOTES OUT QUEUE On Error Goto Err Routine On Error 32000 Resume Next Creating New MQSession Set mqs New MQSession If mqs CompletionCode lt gt MQCC OK Then Print Error MQSession cc amp mgs CompletionCode Print Error MQSession rc amp mgs ReasonCode End If Initiate MQQueueManager MQPutMessageOptions Message Set mgqqm New MQQueueManager Set mqpmo New MQPutMessageOptions Set mqm New MQMessage mgqqm Connect QmgrNames MQSX mqqm name QmgrNam
79. ERNATIONAL TECHNICAL SUPPORT ORGANIZATION BUILDING TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASED ON PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE IBM Redbooks are developed by the IBM International Technical Support Organization Experts from IBM Customers and Partners from around the world create timely technical information based on realistic scenarios Specific recommendations are provided to help you implement IT solutions more effectively in your environment For more information ibm com redbooks
80. Feedback from notes client set the new document s Body subj doc GetltemValue Body memo Body subj 0 send the new documentto the recipient Call memo Send False doc GetltemValue SendTo End Sub Click Figure 82 NotesSendMail b WebSendMail This Java agent is designed to get the user message from the Web page and send it to the webmaster See Figures 83 and 84 WebSendMail M Shared Agent Manually From Agent List v Run once Commands may be used v Figure 83 WebSendMail 156 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example JaveAgentjave gt S import lotus domino import java util Vector public class JavaAgent extends AgentBase public void NotesMaing ty Session session getSession AgentContext agentContext session getAgentContext Database db agentContext getCurrentDatabase Document doc agentContext getDocumentContext compose the memo Document memo db createDocument memo appenditemValue Formn Memo memo appenditemYalue Subject Feedback fram Web client memo appenditemYalue Body doc gettemValueString Rich TextBody Vector v new Vectori vaddElement session getUserName vaddElement doc getltemValueString SendTo memo setEncryptOnSend true memo setSaveMessageOnsend false memo setSignOnSend true memo sign send the memo memo send true v catch Exception e e printStackTrace Figure 84
81. Hard disk space 14 MB minimum Copyright IBM Corp 2001 263 Operating System OS 390 R6 or newer tested with R10 along with Domino R5 04 or newer tested with R5 06 B 2 2 How to use the Web material Create a subdirectory folder on your workstation and copy the contents of the Web material into this folder 264 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Appendix C Special notices This publication is intended to help application designers and Domino technical support engineers to create a portal using Domino in a S 390 environment The information in this publication is not intended as the specification of any programming interfaces that are provided by Domino for S 390 R5 See the PUBLICATIONS section of the IBM Programming Announcement for Domino for S 390 R5 for more information about what publications are considered to be product documentation References in this publication to IBM products programs or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these available in all countries in which IBM operates Any reference to an IBM product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only IBM s product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent program that does not infringe any of IBM s intellectual property rights may be used instead of the IBM product program or service Information in this book was developed in conjunction with use of the equipment specified and is limited in applicat
82. Index E ttdomain di database indexes for databases Multi ase Index E gtrhome Cancel A amp help Advanced Properties ids Selected notesdata Applications Organisation nsf 1 686 528 bytes Quotas O mail oT Nosen modems Sign C Disable one E ntp Replication PortalS390 ft Fixup Suhsrrin ft Cinatas Figure 61 Adding databases to the domain search 5 Be sure to set the ACL correctly so the catalog server can access the database and documents and the users who want to view the results from Domino or the Web have the correct access right on the documents 6 2 1 4 Integrating a custom domain search interface We created the custom search form in the catalog nsf To do that we copied the domain query search form and renamed the new form to EnterpriseSearch We extracted only the SimpleQuery field and the three search buttons from the original table and copied them above the table Some of the fields in the table are needed for proper operation so they cannot be deleted We just hid them in Web and Notes versions We included a link to the enterprise discussion database and we added an Advanced search Hotspot which leads to the original catalog DomainQuery search form with all its options This solution works in Notes and in the Web browser in exactly the same way The form is illustrated in Figure 62 on page 128 Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 127 ReplicalDDisplay T SaveOpt
83. Invoice empdoc InvNo FldInvno text 0 empdoc CustomerName FldCompname text 0 Web Appendix A Code for the portal applications 239 empdoc Customernumber FLDCustno text 0 empdoc Date FLDDate text 0 empdoc PItems FLDItems text 0 empdoc Sum FLDSum text 0 empdoc Paid FLDPaid text 0 empdoc Status FLDStatus text 0 empdoc Comment FLDComment text 0 Call empdoc Save True False count count 1 Wend src Disconnect Disconnect from db2 data source DB2G Exit Sub Handler Error Handler If session status lt gt LCSUCCESS Then Print session GetstatusText 0 _ The following Lotus Connector error has occurred Else Print Error 0 _ The following LotusScript error has occurred End If End Sub A 1 3 Delete invoice agent 240 Sub Initialize On Error Goto Handler Declare Notes Objects Dim NSession As New NotesSession Dim DB As NotesDatabase Dim Agent As NotesAgent Dim count As Long Dim ParmDoc As NotesDocument Parameter Doc Employee Document Declare LC Objects Dim Session As New LCSession Dim src As LCConnection Dim FieldLst As New LCFieldList Dim kfld As LCField Dim fld As LCField Set DB NSession currentdatabase Set Agent NSession currentagent Read key Parameter from Employee Document Set ParmDoc db GetDocumentbyID agent ParameterDocID Print Parm Document opened NoteID ParmDoc NoteID tkey Parmdoc GetItemValue INVNO
84. NET groups To access USENET groups or to allow Internet users to access your private discussion groups you must establish a connection with an Internet service provider ISP If you are planning to participate in USENET newsgroups consider the following issues e Which newsgroups do you want to send to or receive from e Do you have enough disk space to store the newsfeeds and archived articles Conservative estimates put the daily USENET newsfeed distribution at 4 to 5 GB Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example e What is your organization s policy on posting to public USENET newsgroups Do you want an employee to post personal opinions under the company logo Consider setting up a policy for postings from your organization and publish it within your organization You can use NNTP on your server to receive newsfeeds and connect to other newsgroups or to act as an NNTP server serving newsgroups 10 5 1 Setting up the server to receive newsfeeds To set up NNTP on our server to receive newsfeeds we completed the following tasks 1 Set up newsfeeds in the server Connection document 2 Set up server and client security in the Server document 3 Set up capacity and posting restrictions in the Server document 4 Set up access control on individual database access control lists 10 5 1 1 Newsfeed connection document First we set up the Connection document for connections to a remote NNTP server for the newsfeeds We
85. NNTP 203 110 Setting up NNTP news feed parameters 000005 204 111 NNTP port security 0 2 aii aiaa onekana eee 205 112 NNTP server preferences 0 0 eect ee 206 113 Automatic newsfeed downloaded from a USENET server 207 114 Newsfeed types 6 eee 209 115 Creating anewsgroup 0 0 ee eee 210 116 NNTP database profile 00 0 eee ee 211 117 Adding newsgroup to enterprise outline menu 213 118 Opening the newsgroup database from a browser 214 119 Setting up an interest profile 0 0 ee 215 120 Adding the server to a Person document 200000 220 121 Adding an outline entry for the Sametime meeting Web page 221 122 Entering the home URL field 2 0 00 ee 221 123 Creating a new Sametime application database 223 124 Sametime Login form so ras o Aat ee eee 224 125 Accessing the Sametime community 000 00 e eee eee 227 126 Opening QuickPlace eradan EE EEEE eee 231 xi xii 127 Registering your QuickPlace server 000 e eee eee eee 232 128 QuickPlace server settings 0 0 eee ee eee 233 129 Registering users to use QuickPlace 2200000 eee 234 130 Specify a user directory for authentication 235 131 Creating a link to QuickPlace from the portal database 236 Build a Portal with Domi
86. OS 390 facility for recording performance and capacity data S MIME Secure MIME A secure version of the MIME protocol that allows users to send encrypted and electronically signed mail messages even if users have different mail programs SDSF Spool Display Search Facility OS 390 tool for JES2 systems that allows a TSO user to view and route output from the JES2 spool and to view the SYSLOG and issue commands to OS 390 if authorized SLA Service level agreement SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol The Internet standard host to host mail transport protocol It traditionally operates over TCP IP using port 25 SMTP does not provide a mailbox facility or any special features beyond basic mail transport SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol A TCP IP protocol to enable managing remote hosts SPR Software Problem Record Lotus software problem record tracking record SSL Secure Sockets Layer Security protocol for the Internet and intranets that provides communications privacy and authentication for Domino server tasks that operate over TCP TCB Task Control Block An OS 390 construct that represents a dispatchable unit of work One address space can create multiple tasks A USS thread creates a TCB in OS 390 TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol Network protocols that define the Internet Originally designed for UNIX TCP IP software is now available for every major computer operating system 275
87. OS 390 provides a strong framework for control of data access Security is controlled by the System Authorization Facility SAF which checks all access requests to system resources using an external security manager such as the OS 390 Security Server formerly known as RACF OS 390 is committed to maintaining the integrity of your data whatever happens IBM announced an integrity guarantee for MVS in 1972 and S 390 is designed to ensure that data integrity is carefully maintained It is also much easier to provide physical security for a centralized S 390 server than for many distributed servers 2 3 6 Reliability and availability S 390 systems are used in environments where high availability is crucial S 390 hardware and software have many availability features built in These include the avoidance of or automatic recovery from failures and the ability to apply system maintenance with minimal disruption to system operation As a result many S 390 users run a single S 390 server and get excellent system availability In contrast many UNIX and PC servers need clustered Chapter 2 Why isn t your Domino server on a S 390 21 systems at additional hardware and software cost to achieve similar levels of availability Keep in mind that availability is a key requirement for any application that uses the Web serving function of Domino The Web culture has caused us to become very impatient consumers of information If a particular Web si
88. Then Do If Cstr doc2 FunctionalPage 0 Cstr FunctionalPage And Cstr doc2 ChooseName 0 Cstr Options Then Set the label If Cstr TitleChoose lt gt Then doc2 ChooseName Cstr TitleChoose End If Call doc2 save True True Call agentLog LogAction Fuctional choose modified Exit Do End If Set doc2 view GetNextDocument doc2 Loop While Not doc2 Is Nothing End If Exit Do End If Set entry outline GetNext entry Loop While Not entry Is Nothing End If Call outline save Call agentLog LogAction End UpdateOutlineEntryWeb Call agentLog Close End Sub A 4 4 The AddOutlineEntryNotes agent Option Public Sub Initialize Dim workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace Dim uidoc As NotesUIDocument Dim db As New NotesDatabase Dim doc As NotesDocument Dim doc2 As NotesDocument Dim outline As NotesOutline Dim NewEntry As NotesOutlineEntry Appendix A Code for the portal applications 253 254 Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Call agentLog LogAction Begin AddOutlineEntryNotes Call db Open Wtsc67oe PortalS390 nsf Set uidoc workspace CurrentDocument Set doc uidoc Document Get the parameters data Call agentLog LogAction Before read parameters FunctionalPage doc FunctionalPage 0 URLChoose doc URLChoose 0 TitleChoose doc TitleChoose 0 FuncPage doc FuncPage OutlineMenu doc OutlineMenu Call agentLog
89. URLChoose Button label Add Hide pragraph form Notes R4 6 or later Click Command ToolsRunMacro AddOutlineEntryWeb Button label Add Hide pragraph form Web browsers Click Command ToolsRunMacro AddOutlineEntryNotes Button label Remove Hide pragraph form Notes R4 6 or later Click Command ToolsRunMacro RemoveOutlineEntryWeb oO oo I HD UH FF W N Button label Remove Hide pragraph form Web browsers 10 Click Command ToolsRunMacro RemoveOutlineEntryNotes The TitleChoose field is used to record the title of the new choice we are integrating to the functional page choices menu The URLChoose field records the link to the application we are referring to in the TitleChoose We have two Add buttons Both are used to add the new choice to the selected functional page The difference is that one executes the AddOutlineEntryWeb LotusScript agent which was designed to work ina Web environment while the other executes the AddOutlineEntryNotes LotusScript agent which was designed to work in a Notes client environment Likewise we have two Remove buttons Both are used to remove a specific choice from the choices menu of the functional page one executes the RemoveOutlineEntryWeb LotusScript agent the other executes the RemoveOutlineEntryNotes LotusScript agent To continue we explain the functionality of both AddOutlineEntryWeb and RemoveOutlineEnt
90. a Command ToolsRunMacro AgentGetMailUrl This agent dynamically obtains the personal information of the current user that is logged into the portal Once the content of the fields is completed the information is used to complete the frameset structure created dynamically in the HTML Head Content form event with the addition of the HTML code in Figure 55 on page 114 Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 113 Generate YYebPersonalPage Form HTML Head Content Run Fo rmula lt FRAMESET ROYYS 50 36 14 gt lt RAMCSCT COLS G 7 33 gt lt FRAME NAME y Mai SRC Mailt gt lt FRAME NAME Calendar SRC Calendar gt lt FRAMESE T gt lt FRAMESET COLS 67 33 gt lt FRAME NAME Subscriptiony SRC Subscription lt FRAME NAME ToDo SRC ToDot gt lt fFRAMESE I gt lt FRAME NAME Contact SRC PortalS390 nsf Pers onal 20Links OpenPage gt lt FRAMESE T gt Figure 55 FrameSet layout from the personal portal page for Web environment The process works in the following way e Once the form is invoked from the main menu it executes the AgentGetMailUrl agent which extracts the personal information of the currently logged in user e The agent dynamically generates the links for the mail calendar to do list subscriptions and contacts e The agent then put the links directly into the correspondi
91. a In this case you probably want to serve pictures frames multimedia and other components directly from the IBM HTTP Server without having Domino involved and display the Domino application as part of a browser frame This can be important in terms of performance since the IBM HTTP Server has several performance features like the FRCA cache When it comes to static Web serving such as accessing Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example pictures and other static objects then there is an advantage in using the OS 390 Web server e If you want to run servlets and Java Server pages through the IBM WebSphere Application server rather than through the Domino Servlet Manager e If you want to be more flexible and have more influence on workload balancing by using the scalable Web server or by splitting the Domino application so it can be accessed through different Web servers e If you want to use OS 390 user authentication Reasons not to use the Domino for IBM HTTP server are e If you only need to Web enable the Domino database access and you are not experienced in the OS 390 UNIX environment especially not in the OS 390 Web server OS 390 WebSphere Application Server environment you will probably just set up the internal Domino Web interface This option also has the advantage of being consistent across the platforms that support Domino e If you are mostly accessing Domino using the client software and the few Web accesses would
92. a server Session based name and password security includes additional Chapter 5 Portal security 81 82 functionality that is not available with basic name and password security You use the Server document in the Domino Directory to specify settings that enable and control session authentication Session based authentication creates a temporary cookie that contains the username password and random information in a hashed format As the user traverses the site responses for name and password are provided by the cookie This cookie passes the user credentials for every database within the Domino site thus alleviating concerns of realm based authentication where the name and password are asked for every database residing in a different directory on the Domino Server If you wish to retain realm specific logins for different files or directories session based authentication should not be used For more information regarding realm based authentication refer to 5 2 2 4 Realms on page 89 Once a user logs into the Web site the credentials are passed to every database hosted by the server The user login information however is not shared across virtual hosts or virtual servers it is based on the host name of the URL request Browser HTTP Server Request page or 401 HTTP response append Login to _ sends the Login page the request User prompted enter name and password m Authenticates user
93. a language On the Choose languages panel drag and drop a language entry for example Spanish See Figure 23 on page 67 66 Build a Portal with Domino A 8 390 Example Choose Lanquages Drag and drop languages to specify new translated versions of Portal S390 Note that a translated database can contain one or more languages Set As Default Language Available Languages Selected Language s English United States v Language Database 1 I French France amp E French France B Spanish Mexico v PEQRTEGERBE Figure 23 Selecting a language When selected click OK then click Build Language Database as shown in Figure 24 Figure 24 Build language database button On the Create Language Database panel enter the server and the new language database name Portal_fr nsf On the same panel select the Options panel Figure 25 SG Options Figure 25 Options panel Check Copy ACL from source database if you want to keep the original database ACL Figure 26 seeeesneed Figure 26 Copy ACL from source database The application now generates the Spanish language database Other languages databases can be generated in the same way Chapter 4 User personalization 67 b E 67 de Portal Portal Portal onwtsc6 oe on wtsc67oe onwtsc6 oe 4 2 5 Reviewing the glossary When you create a new glossary as was the case for this portal database you have to supply translated words wh
94. aaaea es 33 3 3 1 Mapping the individualized levels in the application 33 3 3 2 Using access control for content mapping 34 3 33 ACE USE Tolos sat bachaw ua nre rae TA TENERI EKOE 35 3 4 Designing the main portal page 0 0 00 e eee 36 3 4 1 Designing the portal menu structure 0 5 37 3 4 2 Designing the enterprise portal 0200 eee 40 3 5 Designing the personal portal pages 008 41 3 6 Designing the functional portal pages 000005 42 3 7 Designing the administration section 22 00005 43 3 8 Extranet and Internet applications 0 000005 43 3 9 Special considerations 020 0000 eee 44 3 9 1 Security aspects y oree are eee ed ob eee heals E 44 3 9 2 Network traffic 2 0 ee 44 3 9 3 The usage of scripts and formulas 2 0 5 45 3 9 4 The layout of the user interface 02 0005 47 3 9 5 Methods used to open objects 0 0000 eee eee ee 47 3 9 6 Domino for S 390 and Web server integration 48 3 9 7 Domino and WebSphere 0 00 eee 49 3 9 8 Methods to open the portal 000000005 50 Chapter 4 User personalization 02 00005 55 4 1 Personalization with user roles 0 00 e eee eee 55 4 1 1 Howto setuproles 0 0 0 eee ee 56 4 2 Making a multi lingual portal 2 2 2
95. abase 0 0000 cee ee 65 21 Items being tagged eae siori a 0 cece eee ees 66 22 Choosing alanguage eee eee 66 23 Selecting alanguage eee eee 67 24 Build language database button 000 00a 67 252 Options panel cra sce eked haa a EE O 4a kab eats 67 26 Copy ACL from source database 0 0c 67 27 The portal homepage panel in English 0 02 e eee 68 28 Untranslated terms view 00 00 cee eee 69 29 Searching for words to be translated 2200 eee e ee 70 30 Marking a document translated 00000 cee eee eee 70 31 Marking a document approved 0 0 0 cee ee eee 70 32 Glossary language VieW 1 2 cee eee 71 33 Re build language database 2000 ccc cee eee 71 34 Update language database 0 00 cee ee 73 35 Outline entries for language database 0 naaar aan 73 36 Outline entry with type action 0 6 ee 74 37 Hide from Web browsers 0 0c eae 74 38 Outline eny aa a aaa a a a y tenet tees 75 39 Hide from Notes R4 6 reses 0 0 eect tees 75 40 Portal in French ii dee ais wide aie ae aaa ea ne ee a he ees 76 Copyright IBM Corp 2001 ix x 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 Por
96. al applications 245 DocID Trim Mid msgin 48 8 Get NoteID of corresponding Doc from Queue string Set ParmDoc db GetDocumentbyID DocID Print Document opened ParmDoc Status Left msgin 1 ParmDoc CustomreNumber Mid msgin 2 6 ParmDoc CustomerName Mid msgin 8 20 ParmDoc Item Mid msgin 28 20 ParmDoc Date Mids msgin 56 8 ParmDoc Amount Mid msgin 64 8 ParmDoc Comment Mid msgin 72 9 Call ParmDoc Save True False Goto End_Routine Err Routine ErrString Err Routine Error amp Err amp on line amp Erl amp amp Errors Err amp myn Print ErrString TI f Not mqp s Nothing hen Ca map ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mqpmo Is Nothing Then Ca mqpmo ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mqgmo Is Nothing Then Ca mqgmo ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mqm s Nothing Then Ca mqm ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mqq s Nothing Then Ca mqq ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mqqm s Nothing Then Ca mqqm ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mgs s Nothing Then Ca mqs ClearErrorCodes End If Resume Next End Routine If Not mqp Is Nothing Then Call mgp ClearErrorCodes Delete mqp End If If Not mqpmo Is Nothing Then Call mqpmo ClearErrorCodes Delete mqpmo End If 246 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example If Not mqgmo Is Nothing Then Call mqgmo ClearErrorCodes Delete mqgmo End If If No
97. ally written in lower case characters 273 IPL Initial program load The initialization procedure that causes an operating system to start operation IRIS A wholly owned division of Lotus They developed the Domino Notes product ITSO International Technical Support Organization JES2 Job Entry Subsystem 2 A component of OS 390 that manages the initiation and termination of batch jobs TSO users and started tasks as well as printed output LAN Local area network LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol A set of protocols for accessing information directories LDAP is based on the X 500 protocol but supports TCP IP which is necessary for Internet access Because it s a simpler version of X 500 LDAP is sometimes called X 500 lite You can enable LDAP on a Domino server to allow LDAP clients to access information in Domino directory for example e mail addresses Logical partition In LPAR mode a subset of the processor unit resources that is defined to support the operation of a system control program SCP Logically partitioned mode LPAR A mode that allows the operator to allocate hardware resources of the processor unit among several logical partitions Lotus A wholly owned subsidiary of IBM and the owner of the Domino Notes product LotusScript A version of BASIC that offers not only standard capabilities of structured programming languages but a powerful set of language extensions that enable object ori
98. ame Cstr TitleChoose End If Call doc2 save True True Appendix A Code for the portal applications Call agentLog LogAction Fuctional choose modified Exit Do End If Set doc2 view GetNextDocument doc2 Loop While Not doc2 Is Nothing End If Exit Do End If Set entry outline GetNext entry Loop While Not entry Is Nothing End If Call outline save Call db UpdateFTIndex False Call workspace ReloadWindow Call agentLog LogAction End UpdateOut lineEntryWeb Call agentLog Close End Sub A 5 The feedback application Here some agents and Java code that we used in the feedback mechanism of the portal A 5 1 The WebSendMail agent import lotus domino import java util Vector public class JavaAgent extends AgentBase public void NotesMain try Session session getSession AgentContext agentContext session getAgentContext Database db agentContext getCurrentDatabase get the feedback field Document doc agentContext getDocumentContext String mytext doc getItemValueString RichTextBody compose the memo Document memo db createDocument memo appenditemValue Form Memo memo appendItemValue Subject Feedback from Web client memo appendItemValue Body mytext Vector v new Vector v addElement session getUserName v addElement armellecreuzet itso ibm com memo setEncryptOnSend true memo setSaveMessageOnSend
99. an many other server platforms 2 3 9 Data management S 390 servers have the capability to support large amounts of data There are S 390 servers in production today that access more than one terabyte of data S 390 has the speed to access that data and the tools to manage it 2 3 10 Low risk In any project there is a risk of failure We have seen many client server projects fail over the past five years in general because the risks of the project were not accurately assessed and managed You need to ask what could go wrong account for it in your initial choices and manage the risks throughout the project In many cases users are deploying large systems that they have no previous experience with As they go through the project and better understand the capabilities of the various components they often realize that they need to buy a lot more hardware and software put in many more support staff or that the technology is incapable of delivering what they expected These items should have been identified at the start of the project risk factors built into the costs for items not clearly understood and key areas investigated at an early stage In today s fast moving marketplace no server solution is going to be risk free Different solutions will have different risks associated with them However S 390 does have one major advantage many users have a lot of experience in running large commercial systems on S 390 servers We know what y
100. and building a portal e Personal content e Workgroup content e Enterprise content e Extranet content e Internet content and tools The information in each of these content areas can be personalized for each user Chapter 1 Portalconcepts 11 12 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 2 Why isn t your Domino server on a S 390 Companies around the world are calling on the powerful functionality of Lotus Domino technology to handle many of their critical system needs It is very common to see Domino applications for enterprise messaging groupware intranet extranet support and e business Web processes As these applications become critical components for a company s infrastructure we must recommend our best combination of hardware and software to support them This must cover the requirements of reliability availability scalability performance security serviceability and manageability The solution must accommodate the Grow As You Go capabilities provided by Lotus Domino allowing the company to invest in the future of its business For most of the hardware and software combinations that support Domino applications it is very difficult to cover these requirements In fact some of them don t meet all the needs with the efficiency and quality required for these strategic applications We recommend the implementation of Lotus Domino on S 390 systems as the best combination to meet these requir
101. and data sources Lotus Notes is an ODBC enabled application ODS On Disk Structure The format in which a Notes database is physically stored on disk Also called a database format In Release 5 the ODS version of a database is listed on the Info tab of the Database Properties box POP3 Post Office Protocol level 3 A mail protocol that allows clients running it to retrieve mail from a host mail server also running the protocol You can enable POP3 on a Domino server PTF Program Temporary Fix A temporary solution or by pass for a problem diagnosed by IBM as resulting from an error in a current unaltered release of the program QMR Quarterly Maintenance Release Lotus software upgrade package distributed quarterly to give customers the latest release level of Domino Notes code The entire package must be installed as it is a complete code replacement QMU Quarterly Maintenance Upgrade Lotus software upgrade package distributed between QMRs and designated by a letter for example 5 0 4a It is for critical or widespread fixes to Domino code RMF Resource Measurement Facility Monitors the activity of the OS 390 system It is useful for capacity planning performance tuning and problem diagnosis RMF gives information about system resources workload groups DASD controllers and DASD volumes SIMS Support Information Management System Lotus internal databases for tracking problems SMF System Management Facilities
102. application gets only its fair share of the resources according to its needs These needs may change at different times of the day and OS 390 will continuously rebalance priorities e OS 390 isolates users and applications from each other Most users of S 390 servers run many applications on a single server You should consider this normal for a S 390 server 2 3 2 Running Domino alongside enterprise applications Running Domino alongside other enterprise applications on a S 390 server has many benefits e It further minimizes your administration effort because you have fewer platform types to support e It further reduces the total processor capacity that you need especially because different applications are likely to have their peak loads at different times e It allows applications to communicate at processor speed without going across a network connection e A lot of enterprise data is stored on S 390 servers Many Notes users wish to access that data and the applications that process it By putting the Notes application on the same physical server you accomplish the following Improved performance Improved availability Chapter 2 Why isn t your Domino server on a S 390 19 Simplified system management Minimized server and network costs Eliminate the need to take copies of the data onto other servers which takes time and resources and means that you may be working with back level data Even if you wish to
103. as C Visual Basic Delphi Cobol and Pascal He is a Certified Lotus Professional in Domino R5 and a Certified Lotus Professional at the Principal level in Domino R4 He has practical experience from several large application development projects His areas of expertise include Add Formula LotusScript JavaScript Java and HTML Erna Schmidt is a Senior Domino Specialist working for T Systems in Cape Town South Africa She has over six years of experience in Lotus Notes and Domino including development and administration Her areas of expertise include infrastructure design and implementation installation upgrades support and integration with Exchange and other third party products She has 11 years of IT of experience including mainframe programming Roscoe administration Sybase and SQL Windows and project management Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project Richard Conway Robert Haimowitz Michael B Schwartz International Technical Support Organization Poughkeepsie Center Phil Kalinowsky IBM Poughkeepsie A special thanks toes to the authors of the redpaper Building a Portal with Lotus Domino R5 REDP0019 It applies to all platforms and is available from the IBM Web site http www ibm com redbooks The authors are David Morrison ITSO Cambridge Center Martin Buckley Lotus Corporation Australia Steve Cappo Lotus Development Cambridge Build a Portal with Domino A 8 390 Example
104. ase or application access are described in the next sections including examples that are included in the portal application For details on this subject refer to Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 Enterprise Integration Using Lotus Connector Products SG24 5682 8 2 Integrating DB2 data using DECS DECS comes with the Domino R5 server on S 390 by default In order to have DECS working properly some setup is needed during server installation On Domino for S 390 DECS can connect only to DB2 databases 8 2 1 Activating DECS during installation While installing Domino you must choose the enterprise Domino server in order to install the files needed for DECS During the configuration of the Domino server in the Server Audience screen place a checkmark beside DECS as shown in Figure 86 on page 163 162 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 2 Server Audience Tn addition to Notes users who else will be the audience for this server Standard Services Default values provided for information only Welcome to Administration Process Indexer Replicator Domino Agent Manager Mail Router Server Setup s Additional Services Optional Services for Domino Servers M Calendar Connector M Schedule Manager M Event Manager M Statistics Web Browsers for example Netscape Navigator or MS Explorer Perr Onor Internet Mail Packages for example Lotus Mail or Eudora Olmar Flops Osme Internet Directory Servi
105. at suit their own purposes and analytical processes Let us look at a few types for discussion purposes 1 1 1 Horizontal versus vertical portals 4 First we contrast horizontal and vertical portals 1 1 1 1 Horizontal portals Most people are familiar with general purpose portals which are classified as horizontal portals or megaportals Ever since1996 these portals have been used to catalog available content from the Internet acting as hubs from which users could locate and link content The business model for this type of portal consisted of selling advertising banner space and successfully directing Web surfers to their desired destinations to ensure repeat business Portals now offer a broad array of online resources and services Although no single model defines a portal all portals offer at least four core features Web searching news reference tools and some communication capabilities such as e mail and chat 1 1 1 2 Vertical portals Vertical portals are the fastest growing type of Internet portal Vertical Internet portals differ from horizontal portals in the range of users that they target Horizontal Internet portals try to service the entire Internet community while vertical portals target a niche audience usually a particular industry Vertical portals provide content relevant to their industry with links to industry supplier and even competitor sites A vertical portal has community and collaboration capabili
106. ate the new entry using the method CreateEntry from the outline object and at the same time we set the title of this element its URL SetURL and the frame FrameText in which this element must be displayed At the end we save the changes to the outline element Set NewEntry outline Createentry Cstr TitleChoose If NewEntry SetURL Cstr URLChoose Then NewEntry FrameText Cstr FrameName Else Call agentLog LogAction URL not assigned End If Call outline save Call agentLog LogAction New entry generated Once we create the new entry we must generate its corresponding functional choices document This is displayed in the administration interface to consult it or to remove it from its corresponding functional page We set the functional page and the title of the recently generated entry Generate the corresponding functional choose document for administration proposals Set doc2 db CreateDocument doc2 Form Functionalchoices doc2 FunctionalPage Cstr FunctionalPage doc2 ChooseName Cstr TitleChoose Call doc2 Save True True Call agentLog LogAction functional choose document already generated Call agentLog Close End Sub RemoveOutlineEntryWeb agent This agent manipulates the same elements that were manipulated in the AddOutlineEntryWeb agent and we add the view object Sub Initialize Dim session As New NotesSession Dim db As NotesDatabase Dim doc As NotesDocument Dim doc2 As Note
107. ated domain catalog server is recorded in the users Location documents Notes users can perform domain searches For information on how Notes users execute a domain search see Notes 5 Help Search from the Web Web clients have access to most domain search functionality including search queries and result sets 6 2 1 2 Features of Domino domain search Here we discuss some of the important features of Domino domain search Security The domain catalog server uses the domain catalog to filter search results on Notes databases based on the user s level of access to the results If a user does not have access to view a document the server does not include it in the results Note File system searches don t work on a Domino S390 server Centralized index There is no duplication of indexes This saves disk space and ensures that users get up to date results Customize search and result forms Application designers can customize forms to refine queries or limit user queries to specific databases Search and result forms can include graphics such as background images or corporate logos The result form can be customized to display additional information about result documents such as their author or when they were created Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 123 124 Fuzzy search In Domino R5 search returns results even if the query is misspelled a search on Montrael would find results for Mon
108. ately becomes useless and almost obsolete So how can you help users to find a portal We will describe two ways to do this one for a browser and one for a Notes client Basically you want users to be able to access everything from their portal That means that when users launch the Notes client the portal should be launched automatically The same goes for a browser But first you have to ensure that when the portal is launched it will open up in the correct frameset To ensure that the portal database opens to the correct frameset every time you have to set the launch settings on the database properties page as shown in Figure 9 Remember to set it for both the Notes and the browser client E Database Portal 5390 When opened in the Notes client on wtsc67oe Open designated Frameset A Name Main Portal gt Notes 5 Help an Lagal Show About database document if modified is opened for first time Preview Pane Default comp textfra me onwtsc6 oe When opened in a browser Open designated Frameset Frameset Main Portal Figure 9 Database settings to launch the portal Y Show About database document when database 3 9 8 1 Opening the portal from the Notes client Setting a database to automatically open when you launch Notes is done from the Notes client It involves two steps 1 Bookmark a database 50 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 2 Set the database as your Notes
109. ation e Domino and WebSphere Methods to open the portal 3 9 1 Security aspects Portal security is covered in detail in Chapter 5 Portal security on page 77 However some basic things to keep in mind are the way that a Web browser accesses a page and the way that a Notes client accesses a database It is important to provide a good login interface for the browser environment with a logout button and session time out limits Remember the browser environment can theoretically access pages from anywhere in the world under various conditions Someone may access the pages from an Internet cafe or a shared computer The Notes client is a much more controlled environment and security is built into the Notes architecture Another aspect that must be considered carefully is the kind of network that is used for the shipment of the data At least server side SSL should be implemented if an unsecure Internet network is used in the browser environment depending on the sensitivity of the data Notes clients traditionally access data in a much more secure network environment 3 9 2 Network traffic 44 Networks are one of the most important issues when it comes to performance of a client server type of application A network can seriously damage the performance of a normally good application Notes clients traditionally operate in a more secure and well managed network while a browser client can operate in any kind of network Build a Por
110. ations Untranslated terms Figure 28 Untranslated terms view Edit Language gt Afrikaans gt French France gt Spanish Mexico Translation The view is sorted by language Collapse all the sections to ensure a translation to the correct language Then expand the section you want to translate Search for the items previously identified to be translated see Figure 29 on page 70 Chapter 4 User personalization er eee rece tee VICI UNULWIIUUDO l 2 eee eee a eee Jbsolete terms Jnapproved trans Jntranslated term alossary Informal anguage Views tions xport mport Retrieve seudo Translate Selected Documents WebSendMail WebSendMail Welcome to Figure 29 Searching for words to be translated Edit the item Double click the Welcome to document Translate the word s and click Mark Translated See Figure 30 Mark Translated i Translation Details Translation Settings Advanced Options Language French France Original term Plain text Welcome to Term description Translated term Bienvenue sur Figure 30 Marking a document translated On the next panel mark this document Approved then Save and Close the document See Figure 31 Ea Mark Approved Mark Untranslated Figure 31 Marking a document approved 70 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example m Notes Be sure to translate the correct word and not anoth
111. ations Domino applications can integrate enterprise data or applications using either declarative tools or programmatic tools The correct tool depends strongly on the solution that is going to be implemented Declarative tools should be the first choice since they enable enterprise data to be integrated without any additional programming An existing Domino application can be connected to an enterprise database for example DB2 after configuring some setup documents If you consider using programmatic connector access additional programming is necessary in order to connect to an enterprise database At the time of this writing direct access from Domino for S 390 to enterprise applications such as CICS is only possible using the MQLSX programmatic connectors Access to enterprise data can be divided into two different methods First real time access for which DECS is used Second data transfer or synchronization which is done using LEI With the programmatic connectors either method can be implemented Chapter 8 Integration using Lotus connector products 161 It is essential to fully understand the way these tools work in order to integrate them into an enterprise application All models supply read and write access to the enterprise system In order to establish a connection to an enterprise database there has to be an existing Domino application that connects to the enterprise system The different models for enterprise datab
112. b site 59 translation 60 Webmaster 152 WebSphere Translation Server 60 workgroup 29 129 workload isolation 19 one server 20 manager 19 World Wide Web WWW 22 X X 509 certificates 93 IBM Redbooks review Your feedback is valued by the Redbook authors In particular we are interested in situations where a Redbook made the difference in a task or problem you encountered Using one of the following methods please review the Redbook addressing value subject matter structure depth and quality as appropriate e Use the online Contact us review redbook form found at ibm com redbooks e Fax this form to USA International Access Code 1 845 432 8264 e Send your comments in an Internet note to redbook us ibm com Document Number Redbook Title SG24 6231 00 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Review What other subjects would you like to see IBM Redbooks address Please rate your overall O Very Good OGood O Average O Poor satisfaction Please identify yourself as O Customer O Business Partner O Solution Developer belonging to one of the following groups O IBM Lotus or Tivoli Employee O None of the above Your email address The data you provide here may be used to provide you with information from IBM or our business partners about our products services or activities O Please do not use the information collected here for future marketing or promotional
113. bm com domino For a complete guide to the Domino server on a S 390 platform see Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 Installation Customization and Administration SG24 2083 2 4 4 Writing the portal 26 With all of the above information using Domino for S390 to host a portal for internal or external users is an obvious choice The rest of this redbook explains how to design and build a portal and how to include applications in your portal architecture We also describe how to connect to the enterprise data sitting on the S 390 server from your Domino server Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Part 2 Creating the portal architecture Copyright IBM Corp 2001 27 28 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture This chapter explains how to design and create the kernel part of the portal We discuss the portal structure and layout and then show how to build the kernel 3 1 Individualized levels of content A portal application organizes structures filters and captures information that would otherwise be less valuable to a specific user Therefore a portal should be structured in such a way that it targets specific information and applications The goal is for users to spend less time wading though irrelevant information and using different interfaces to complete their tasks 3 1 1 Levels of content Here are the levels of content that an enterprise portal can provid
114. borate in real time online meetings Enterprise news Enterprise newsgroups Enterprise discussions Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Enterprise document library e Functional content containing the following diverse functional material Sales applications Technical support applications e Administration functions that include Configuration functions Menu administration e Language selections for selecting a different language We also added the following functions to the kernel portal e A link to the home page for quick access back to the main page only in the browser environment e A feedback form for users to provide us with some feedback e A logout button to allow users to log out of the portal only in the browser environment 3 3 The portal database The first thing we do is create a database to support our portal application The database will contain the portal s kernel structure This will allow us to navigate through the central structure and access each application in our portal To create the portal database follow these steps 1 Open the Domino designer client Select File gt Database gt New 2 In the New Database dialog box a Leave the Server field set to Local during development You can replicate this application to a server later b In the Title field type a name for your portal In the File Name field type a file name for your portal d Leave the
115. cal support page see Figure 14 Access Control List Default 88 LocalDomainServers 88 OtherDomainServers PortalAdmin i PortalSales PortalTech FE wtsc67oe Itso Figure 14 Defining access for the Tech Support group Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example LLeeeeer i i ate documente it i pubic documents public dgcumens PortalAdmin Sales y TechSuppor 4 1 1 3 Personalization result Each person accessing the Web site will see a personalized portal desktop according to his own function For example Allan Smith one of the Sales entity employees gets the portal main page shown inFigure 15 when he logs in Neither the TechSupport entry nor the portal administration entry are shown Figure 15 Portal homepage for Allan Smith 4 2 Making a multi lingual portal Multi lingual globalized portals are capable of presenting information in more than one language By 2002 according to IDC 60 of business to business companies will be building globalized Web sites designed to reach audiences in many countries and cultures In 1999 37 of B to B sites were globalized By 2004 the level of globalization is expected to level off at around 80 and 50 of online sales will occur outside the United States Firms that cling to English only sites will cede their share of this Chapter 4 User personalization 59 business to more globally minded competitors Globalizing you
116. ce As New NotesUIWorkspace Dim uidoc As NotesUIDocument Dim db As New NotesDatabase Dim doc As NotesDocument Dim doc2 As NotesDocument Dim outline As NotesOutline Dim entry As NotesOutlineEntry Dim View As NotesView Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Call agentLog LogAction Begin RemoveOutlineEntryNotes Call db Open Wtsc670e PortalS390 nsf Set uidoc workspace CurrentDocument Set doc uidoc Document Get the parameters data Call agentLog LogAction Before read parameters FunctionalPage doc FunctionalPage 0 Options doc Options 0 FuncPage doc FuncPage OutlineMenu doc OutlineMenu Call agentLog LogAction After read parameters Get the corresponding Outline Menu NumElements Ubound FuncPage Call agentLog LogAction Elements Cstr NumElements For i 0 To NumElements If Cstr FunctionalPage Cstr FuncPage i Then Menu OutlineMenu i Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu Call agentLog LogAction Outline Cstr Menu Exit For End If Next Get the required entry Set entry outline GetFirst If Not entry Is Nothing Then Do If Cstr entry Label Cstr Options Then Call outline RemoveEntry entry Call agentLog LogAction OutlineEntry Removed Get the functional choose doc Set view db GetView ViewFuncChoose Set doc2 view GetFirstDocument If Not doc2 Is Nothing Then Do TE i Cstr d
117. ces PILDaP News Readers for example Netscape Navigator or MS Explorer PI NNTP Enterprise Connection Services provides access to non Notes data MIDECS Figure 86 Selecting DECS during configuration of the Domino server Web Browsers This feature enables your Domino Server to be accessible by Web browsers Internet Mail Packages This feature enables your Domino Server to host mailboxes for Internet mail packages and to send and receive mail from the Internet News Readers This feature enables your Domino Server to send and receive messages from Internet Newsgroups and to be accessible by Internet News For detailed information about installing and configuring Domino in a S 390 environment refer to Lotus Domino for 8 390 Release 5 Installation Customization and Administration SG24 2083 Domino Enterprise Connection Services DECS starts running as you bring up the Domino task once you complete the setup process The Domino console lists the tasks showing the status of the DECS server task 8 2 2 Introduction to the concepts of DECS DECS is a data access tool that can be used for connecting Notes databases to DB2 enterprise databases Chapter 8 Integration using Lotus connector products 163 164 Domino Server URL from Web IO Notes Request ax e Open Domino Create irati e Update Application Doleta Extension Manager Enterprise System
118. changes to the translations in the glossary 4 2 6 Managing design changes 72 Two methods are available to update all the languages databases by modifying only the source database 1 Build synchronized databases In this case a change to one language database is automatically shown in all the other synchronized databases 2 If design changes are made to the source database the WorkBench causes the update of the tagged database and all associated language databases to reflect these modifications The process is a two stage one a Workbench identifies by looking at the design elements date stamps those that have been added modified since the last translation The application uses a color coding method to show the differences The elements shown in black are the same in both source and tagged databases The elements shown in blue have been added since the previous release Those shown in green exist in both source and tagged databases but they have been modified Elements in red are present in the tagged database but don t remain in the source Outlines 4 PortalMainMenu H Framesets SalesMainMenu Pages TechSupportMainMenu El Forms Q Agents y NotesSendMail gt Resources y RemoveOutlineEntrAveb F Images RemoveOutlineEntryNotes amp Applets yY RemoveOutlineEntryNotes Elements that have been re created by copy paste for example appear in both red and blue color Identify the design changes to be
119. ck the Web Browsers checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab e Close the outline entry box and save the outline Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 109 110 6 1 1 5 Personal subscriptions In order to complete the subscriptions link we must create and configure the subscription database The Lotus Domino infrastructure contains a standard template named Subscriptions We used this template to create the subscriptions database Subscriptions database configuration Subscriptions work in conjunction with the headlines database The headlines database enables users to stay informed of current events both within their company and on the Web The headlines database lets users subscribe to databases that are of interest to them and then receive notification when a posting meets their subscription profile When you design a database you can enable it to be subscribed to by users The following list contains important considerations when enabling a database for subscriptions e The database must reside on a server that allows subscription monitoring The Domino administrator must enable subscriptions on the server document See Administering the Domino System Lotus part numbers CT7VHNA and CT7VINA for more information on enabling subscriptions at the server level e The database must enable headline monitoring This is enabled on the Advanced tab of the Database Properties box It is enabled by default For more informati
120. clients user and group names and alternate names To allow general access to a database you can enter hierarchical names with a wildcard character in the ACL You can use wildcards in the common name and organizational unit components All users and servers whose hierarchical names include the components that contain a wildcard receive the specified access to the database for example ITSO with Reader access will allow all users certified with the ITSO certifier Reader access to that specific database You can add to an ACL the names of any individuals with certified Notes user IDs or Internet users who authenticate using name and password or SSL client authentication If the Notes user name you are adding is in a different hierarchical organization than that of the server that stores the database you must enter the full hierarchical name for the user for example John Smith Sales Acme If the Notes user name of the person you are adding and the server that stores the database are in the same hierarchical organization you need to enter only the common name component of the hierarchical name for example John Smith To ensure tighter name security use the full hierarchical name Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 5 3 2 Roles For Internet clients you must enter the first name that appears in the User name field of the Person document The Default access and Anonymous entry in the ACL must be set to No access oth
121. contacts or other communications beyond the scope of this transaction Questions about IBM s privacy policy The following link explains how we protect your personal information ibm com privacy yourprivacy Copyright IBM Corp 2001 283 ing OUILOG UJIM eod pi gt ie oO ite i mi x lt fe5 3 4 0 5 spine 0 475 lt gt 0 875 250 lt gt 459 pages Build a Portal with Domino A 390 Example The concepts features and benefits of a portal as a knowledge tool Building your own portal architecture with levels of content Integrating applications into the portal In today s fast paced knowledge management environment a great deal of importance is placed on providing professional workers with information that is tailored to their job responsibilities This IBM Redbook gives a step by step description of how to build a portal application using Lotus Domino While our sample was built in an 0S 390 environment using UNIX System Services the concepts and code samples apply equally well to any platform that supports a Domino server The audience for this redbook includes Domino developers architects and technical support engineers on all platforms as well as consultants and marketing support professionals A knowledge of Domino programming and operating systems is assumed SG24 6231 00 ISBN 0738422401 we Redbooks INT
122. corresponding functional page for the technical support workgroup The same structure was used for this In Chapters 6 and 7 we ll complete the content for these frames For the moment we have completed our functional portal page s structure for both Notes and browser clients 3 7 Designing the administration section We included an administration section in the portal for users with administration access to use We added a menu entry for a configuration area and a menu administration area These applications will be described in more detail in Chapters 6 and 7 3 8 Extranet and Internet applications We decided to concentrate on an intranet portal rather than an extranet or Internet portal To cater for extranet applications we created roles with access that can be controlled using the roles InternalUser and ExternalUser to make a distinction between internal users and external users of the company These roles can be used for access but we did not use them as we focused on the intranet applications Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 43 3 9 Special considerations When designing a portal that can be used both in the Notes client and browser environment some special considerations must be taken Things to consider are e Security aspects Network traffic The usage of scripts and formulas The layout of the user interface Methods used to open objects Domino for S 390 and Web server integr
123. curity offered by X 509 certificates and SSL is not necessary These sites can use basic authentication which simply Chapter 5 Portal security 91 92 requires a name and password All the Domino server needs for basic authentication is a Person document for each user in the Domino Directory with the User Name Last Name and Internet Password fields completed 5 2 3 1 How SSL works SSL works by providing three security services each of which use public key encryption techniques The first and most basic function of SSL is message privacy SSL offers feature support so applications can exchange and authenticate user names and passwords without exposing them to eavesdroppers Hackers can use IP sniffers to download copies of all packets that pass between a client and server during a session This information is then available in an unencrypted cleartext format With SSL however all transmissions following the initial handshake are encrypted to prevent such transmissions from being read Second the SSL protocol ensures that messages between the sender and receiver have not been tampered with in any way between the two points This maintains session integrity and keeps a secure channel open between the client and server The final and most important function of SSL is mutual authentication This is the process by which the client and server can convince its peer of its identity through the exchange of X 509 certificates A server s
124. d error conditions Its AccessQueueManager method is used to set the MQQueueManager class object The MQQueueManager class is used to access the MQSeries Queue Manager MQM This is performed by the Connect method for access and the Disconnect method to indicate completion The Disconnect method must be used in the newer version of the MQLSX for syncpoint control Please ensure you code this statement The MQProcess class object is set by the AccessProcess method of the MQQueueManager class The MQProcess class enables you to read the MQSeries process definitions The MQQueue class object is set by the AccessQueue method of the MQQueueManager class The MQQueue class allows you to manipulate your queues You must use the Open method to access your queue and when you are done use the Close method to close commit your work The MQPutMessageOptions class along with the Put method of the MQQueue class define the complete put operation to the MQ Queue The MQGetMessageOptions class along with the Get method of the MQQueue class define the complete get operation from the MQ Queue e The MQMessage class contains the Write and Read methods that enable you to manipulate the message buffer This buffer is used by the Put and Get operations as the storage area for your message content 9 2 2 A sample parts ordering application 190 We included a parts ordering database in the portal We have chosen a scenario which is part of many proc
125. d parameters 6 In the NNTP Newsfeed parameters section a Select Accept to allow the remote server with NNTP to initiate a connection to the Domino server with NNTP and send new articles In our case we used the Pull option so that we can manage the connection time and schedules for download b For Authentication we used None which is the default Use SSL when the remote server with the NNTP service requires that the Domino server with NNTP use SSL The SSL port must be Enabled on the Port gt Internet Port gt News tab on the Server document c In the Create newsgroups field choose Automatic default to create a newsgroup for each group that is included in this newsfeed and that does not yet exist on the server or Manual to manually create all newsgroups on the server d Enter the name of the subdirectory that will store newsgroups created during a newsfeed the default is nntp e The maximum time in minutes that a newsfeed has to complete the default is 0 minutes f In Newsgroups enter the names of any newsgroups that you will pull articles from or push them to In this field you can use wildcards for example microsoft access We only wanted one newsgroup comp text frame Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 10 5 1 2 Security in the server document Next set up security in the server document for incoming client and server connections using the following steps 1 Open the Server document for the server
126. d the applications that are part of it We include the following applications in this page e TeamRoom e Part order 7 2 Administration pages Once we have constructed the personal functional and enterprise pages we are ready to include the content of the main portal page We have a frameset composed of two frames the left frame is allocated to our navigation mechanism and the right frame is able to display the content of the current page we have selected 7 2 1 Portal configuration This is a very useful element in the application With this we are able to make parameters for a variety of special elements that can be changed or adapted according to the business needs 134 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example The configuration interface is accessed from the main menu of the portal application It can be accessed only by users with the PortalAdmin role assigned It is composed of Consult and New options Figure 63 Configuration choice When the user clicks this option the application displays the screen to create a new parameter document see Figure 63 Developers are able to create the parameters they consider necessary for the portal application This option could also be used by an administrator if they need to re create a parameter document that is accidentally removed from the application 7 2 1 1 New option Here the user must fill out the concept and content fields In the Concept field the user puts a key
127. d what functions you want on your Sametime server just the core Sametime server or the Multimedia Services add on 218 Our ITSO organization already uses S 390 Domino server Release 5 0 6a We wanted the Sametime server to interoperate as a member of the existing Domino community domain so we chose to install the core Sametime server in a Domino environment In this case users access the Sametime server with a Web browser or the Sametime Connect client 1 2 Register the Sametime server in the itso domain As with a Domino server we first register the Sametime server to add it to the itso Domino domain a Open the Domino Administrator client application and select the server to be administered wtsc67oe itso Select the Configuration tab and choose Server in the Registration Tools list On the Basics panel enter the server name no password the Domino Domain and the Administrator name On the Other panel enter the Domino server title the Notes Network name this can be found in the wtsc67oe itso Server document Ports tab the Local Administrator name and choose to store the server ID in a file Click the Register button This server is added to the Domain Directory The server ID file will be used during the Sametime server setup Be sure you can access it from the Sametime server or copy it to a floppy disk Install the Sametime server application on the server a Execute the setup exe progra
128. database and the DB2 table is done like in DECS The relation is set up between the fields of a form of a Notes database and the columns of a DB2 table In this redbook we did not develop an application using LEI If you want to see an example of how to use LEI for enterprise integration or learn about it in more detail refer to Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 Enterprise Integration Using Lotus Connector Products SG24 5682 The reason we left out LEI is that from the application point of view there is no difference if it is a pure Domino application where the documents are created in Domino or if the documents came from an enterprise database In both cases the database design elements would be the same If you are using the database in a portal it is just like using a standard Notes database LEI only puts data into an existing database It can insert the documents as a direct data transfer into the database or as a replication like synchronization between the enterprise data and the Notes documents Each Notes document corresponds to a record in a table of a relational database The only thing you have to think about is which server takes care of the document transfers and the connection to the enterprise database With this information you can develop a distribution concept for the Notes database One advantage of LEI is that the Notes documents can be distributed like a normal Notes database No online connectivity to a Domino server or
129. date f Ortion n Option Menu Figure 69 Menu Generator components The main element of the menu generator is the form FunctionalMenus It is the interface used for administration of the functional page options menus To access this interface select Administration from the navigation area on the main page and then click MenuAdmin The right hand frame contains the screen showing the Options Menu Administration interface as shown in Figure 70 on page 140 Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 139 140 Menu Administration Functional page lt Select Page gt Current Choices Empty Title URL eo Add Remove Update Figure 70 Options Menu Administration interface The interface includes the following fields e Functional page This field is used to select the functional page in which we want to work In our portal we can select Sales or TechSupport e Current choices This combobox displays the list of choices included on the Options menu from the selected functional page e Title This is the title that appears on the Choices menu of the functional page e URL This field is used to record the URL for the application we want to include in the functional page The buttons on the interface execute the following actions e Add Executes the agent that generates the new entry for the menu of the selected functional page e Remove Erases the selected choice on the current cho
130. dministration pages 143 144 pee eee ee re ee wre ree wee FunctionalPage x ChooseName T Figure 74 Functionalchoices form design structure Create the following fields 1 Field name FunctionalPage Type Text Computed Value FunctionalPage 2 Field name ChooseName Type Text Computed Value ChooseName The FunctionalPage field is used to record the name of the functional page and the ChooseName field is used to record the name of the choice that appears in the choices menu of the functional page Create the ViewFuncChoose view shown in Figure 75 Functional Page Functional Choose Sales Discussion 2 Sales Discussion 3 Sales TeamRoom Sales Armelle Sales Test Figure 75 ViewFuncChoose view design structure The view formula is SELECT form Functionalchoices Create the following columns 1 Column name Functional Page Sort Ascending Type Standard Formula FunctionalPage 2 Column name Functional Choose Sort None Type Standard Formula ChooseName This view is used to manipulate the documents with the relation between the functional page and all choices included in its choices menu For the FunctionalMenus form we create the following elements Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 1 Field name TitleChoose type Text Editable DefaultValue TitleChoose Field name URLChoose type Text Editable DefaultValue
131. e e Personal content e Workgroup content e Enterprise content e Extranet content e Internet content 3 1 1 1 Personal content Personal content is related to information and applications for an individual user This could include e E mail e Calendaring and scheduling of both people and resources e Workflow processes for the specific user e Personal addresses 3 1 1 2 Workgroup content This is related to information and applications oriented to a user s specific workgroup or job function This content is usually organized by department or job such as sales human resources finance marketing or information systems Examples of workgroup content are e Project team documents task and team spaces e Sales tracking or relationship management applications Copyright IBM Corp 2001 29 30 e Workgroup specific document libraries or discussions e Product information e Workgroup or function related applications As users generally spend most of their time in their workgroup this content area requires the most thought and planning Questions to consider are e How is your organization split up e How can you separate information resources and applications by workgroup e Is your organization structured horizontally sales marketing human resources or vertically manufacturing telecommunication banking and finance Content of a workgroup is generally not made available to users outside the workgroup because
132. e ACL you can modify the list of members from a central location the Domino Directory or the LDAP Directory that is rather than add and delete names in multiple databases e You can use groups to let certain users control access to the database without letting them change the design For example you can create groups in the Domino Directory for each level of database access needed add the groups to the ACL and allow specific users to own the groups If these users don t have Manager or Designer access in the ACL they can t modify the design of the database Chapter 5 Portal security 99 e Group names can reflect the responsibilities of group members or the organization of a department or company 5 3 4 Access control best practices Server security is a major issue and should not be taken lightly To control access to information on a server one should enable the highest level of security possible to the databases residing on your server 100 1 Always change default access to None Should you need Anonymous access to the database include the Anonymous entry in the ACL Anonymous access should mostly be limited to Reader access Author access is the highest level of access that should be allowed and then only for databases such as newsgroups or discussions Whenever you have more than one user with the same access to a database create a group in the Domino Directory rather than using individual nam
133. e NNTP discussion The newsgroup name is displayed and may be edited when the database profile is first created Note that the newsgroup name is not editable for USENET newsgroups Additional information includes whether the database is a private newsgroup not a USENET newsgroup or whether the newsgroup is moderated Users who are invited to participate in the private newsgroup can be entered into the database profile and will be added to the database ACL with Author access If the newsgroup is moderated the moderator s name will be added to the ACL as Editor The moderator s e mail address needs to be included since would be contributors will need to send the editor articles for approval Since this is an internal NNTP database we changed the settings to private which removes the default access of author from the ACL and allowed author access to ITSO all ITSO Notes users will have author access The profile can be edited again at a later stage by clicking Edit Database Profile in the All documents view Note that only users defined as Profile editors will be able to do this 10 5 2 3 Set up access control on individual newsgroup databases You have several options when you create a private newsgroup which can be posted to the Internet to be accessed by authenticated users The private Chapter 10 NNTP andthe Domino server 211 newsgroup can have access control that allows Web browsers Notes users and news reader clients to shar
134. e URL portals390 nsf Open Bind to host name Disabled j HTML directory dominothtml a DNS lookup Disabled s Icon directory domina icons Default home page default htm a Icon URL path ficons 4 Allow HTTP clients to O Yes No CGI directory domino cgi bin browse databases Figure 10 Server setting to automatically launch the portal from a browser 52 In addition to the Home URL you can also set the Allow HTTP clients to browse databases field in the Basic section to No This setting also brings you more security to the Domino server because users are not allowed to browse databases on the server The only way they could get to other databases from a browser is if they know the exact filename of the database and how to open it from a browser In this case you still have the security of the database ACL To ensure security for your Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Domino databases always ensure that your ACLs are set up properly You must at least ensure that your system databases admin nsf names nsf log nsf are properly secured by setting default and anonymous access to None Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 53 54 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 4 User personalization One of the most important features in a portal is personalization This is a fundamental difference between a portal and a framed intranet site Portals that target information to speci
135. e any other Notes documents The only difference is that they are not updated or inserted in the Notes database but directly in the DB2 table and automatically deleted after the DB2 update in Notes The application can be used with the Notes client or the Web browser Web browser access is in this case only for fetching and viewing data Notes client access has the full fetch update insert and delete functionality Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 9 1 2 1 The DB2 part of the application We used the following SQL to create the DB2 table CREATE TABLE DSN8610 INVOICES D INVNO CHAR 6 NOT NULL COMPNAME CHAR 20 CUSTNO CHAR 20 DATE CHAR 10 ITEMS CHAR 200 SUM DECIMAL 8 2 PAID DECIMAL 8 2 STATUS CHAR 20 COMMENT CHAR 200 IN DSN8D61A DSN8S61R J DB2G is the name of our DB2 subsystem on the S 390 DSN8610 is the default identifier which set up the table DSN8D61A is the tablespace and DSN8S61R is the name of the database 9 1 2 2 The Notes part of the invoices portal application The Notes part of the application is a Notes database front end to the enterprise DB2 database Both databases can be fully managed with the Notes application The Notes application consists basically of the invoice form a page with an embedded outline views and some agents using LCLSX for the enterprise data management The DB2 database either can be filled by the Notes application using the update insert age
136. e consider this the most powerful user role in the portal application 3 3 3 2 Sales Users with this role are able to get access to the sales portal page The sales department is one of the special workgroups we included in our portal 3 3 3 3 TechSupport The users of this role are able to access the technical support page The technical support department is one of the special workgroups we included in the portal 3 3 3 4 InternalUser This role identifies the users corresponding to employees of the company Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 35 3 3 3 5 ExternalUser This role identifies the users corresponding to people outside of the company 3 3 3 6 Developer This role is assigned to members of the developer team It is very useful when we are required to maintain the portal and provide technical support for the application 3 4 Designing the main portal page 36 The root element of our portal is the main portal page Using this element we are able to navigate across the content of the portal This main page is divided into two sections menu and body The menu section contains options to navigate across all the content options The body section shows the currently selected content page Figure 4 Main portal page layout structure We created this structure using a Framesets design element which we split into two frames The left frame is named MainMenu and it contains an outline design element nam
137. e in the same Notes database The access control list should reflect a group of users who may read and or read and write documents If this database is available to users outside your organization you should include either a default and or anonymous access reader or author or only create external users to authenticate via name and passwords defined in person documents in the Name and address book For more information regarding setting up security refer to Chapter 5 Portal security on page 77 10 5 2 4 Viewing the news Newsgroup users can view the news in three ways e From Notes Simply open the database of any newsgroup that has been loaded or created onto the Domino server e From an NNTP news reader client Select your Domino server as the news server or discussion server Standard NNTP news reader clients are included with Netscape Communicator and Microsoft Internet Explorer You will have to know the name of your news server in our case wtsc67oe itso iom com and complete any configuration requirements for the news reader client e From a Web browser using HTTP Enter the URL of the Internet hostname of the server for example wtsc67o0e itso ibm com and select from the list of databases on the server or specify the database to open the standard discussion view From the browser s location field enter the URL Your administrator can help you determine the exact URL If you create a private newsgroup on a server you will ha
138. e of an LCLSX agent To show how programming using LCLSX is done we discuss a sample agent from the invoice application This agent retrieves invoices by number and puts them as Notes documents in the database This version of the agent is executed from a Notes client You can develop the same functionality for the Web with some slight differences For details refer to Enterprise Integration Using Lotus Connector Products SG24 5682 Build a Portal with Domino A 8 390 Example The activation button in the Notes client The agent is activated by a button with the following script code This is the major difference from the Web agent solution Sub Click Source As Button Dim session As New NotesSession Dim db As NotesDatabase Dim Agent As NotesAgent Dim ParmDoc As Notesdocument Set db session CurrentDatabase key Inputbox Enter the Invoice Number In the following block the parameter document is created the invoice number is written in the LCkey field and the document is saved to the current database residing on the server The agent must run on the same server The agent reads the LCkey field after the document is saved to get the key for its retrieval Create Parameter Document for Agent Set ParmDoc DB Createdocument ParmDoc Subject Agentparameterdoc ParmDoc LCkey key Call ParmDoc Save True False In the following lines we call the Agent that executes the fetch We include the ID of the parameter document c
139. e runs as an agent on the Domino for S 390 server Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example MQLSX domino S 390 OS 390 Cdawino Agent Remote Uselsx MQLSX Mee MQSession MQSeries CICS Apps yw IMS Apps DB2 Apps MQMessage Notes Database Figure 101 MQLSX model MQSeries is the IBM message queuing middleware product It allows two or more applications on like or unlike systems to talk by sending messages MQSeries uses a combination of programming MQSeries API or MQI queues MQSeries Queue Manager or MQM and channels MQSeries Channel Architecture or MCA to allow this exchange to occur For further details on MQSeries visit this IBM Web site http www software ibm com ts mqseries The MQSeries LotusScript Extension allows you to integrate your Domino application with MQSeries which must be installed on your Domino server For development purposes it also must be installed on your Notes client In this redbook we will focus on the server installation The version and type of MQSeries you install is up to you and your installation architecture As for the type of MQSeries product to install this depends on your infrastructure and integrity requirements You can either install the MQSeries thin client or the full MQSeries server with Domino There are advantages to either decision and eac
140. earch the mailbox via Persondocument entry SearchStrs Form Person amp lowercase Fullname NameUrlS Set PersDocColl DomDir Search SearchStr Nothing 0 In case of multiple matches If PersDocColl count gt 1 Then multiple hierarchical name or rep conflicts Call agentLog LogAction multiple hierarchical name or rep conflicts Print lt b gt ERROR lt b gt The user has one or more conflicting names lt p gt Print lt b gt Contact the Webmaster lt b gt Print lt p gt lt a href OpenMail OpenForm gt Go back lt a gt Exit Sub End If Get Persondoc entries Call agentLog LogAction Get Persondoc entries Set PersDoc PersDocColl GetFirstDocument Call agentLog LogAction Set PersDoc PersDocColl GetFirstDocument If Not PersDoc Is Nothing Then Replace with Call agentLog LogAction Replace with Temp1 Trim PersDoc mailfile 0 pos Instr Temp1s Temp Left Temp1 pos 1 Mids Temp1 pos 1 If Instr PersDoc MailFile 0 nsf Then mail Temp Else mail Temp nsf End If End If Servers PersDoc MailServer 0 Call agentLog LogAction Server PersDoc MailServer 0 SearchStrs Form Server amp Servername 4 Servers uN Set ServDocColl DomDir Search SearchStr Nothing 0 Set ServDoc ServDocColl GetFirstDocument If Not ServDoc Is Nothing Then Call agentLog LogAction For URL we use the NetAdr_0 field
141. eb Call agentLog Close End Sub Once we have located the entry we check if the entry label and the URL need to be changed If so we make the corresponding changes Using the same criteria we locate and modify its corresponding functionalchoices document 7 3 Feedback To encourage users to consult the Web site and be satisfied with it we want to get their feedback with questions like these Is the navigation easy Is Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 151 finding knowledge intuitive Are the response times OK Being aware of users feelings enables us to improve the design of the site The portal database Feedback Return Web page has a form containing one Rich Text input field into which users can type their comments or suggestions about the site By clicking on the Send button a memo is sent to the webmaster The memo body is filled in with this input field Users can reset their input by pressing the reset button For a sample see Figure 76 Do you have a suggestion or opinion about our web site Do you need to bring a problem to our attention B Thanks for taking the time to send your thoughts to the Webmaster portal_webmaster itso ibm com Send Reset Figure 76 Feedback panel 7 3 1 Designing for feedback The Feedback Return Web page has been implemented in our portal database by adding the following design elements 152 Build a Portal with Domino A S 3
142. ed PortalMainMenu that supports our choice menu We included links to the element to get access to our personal page enterprise page functional page and portal administration section Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Follow these steps to create the frameset 1 Open Designer On the design pane click the Framesets design bookmark Click the New Frameset design action button The Create New Frameset appears At the Number of frames drop down box select two frames Next to Arrangement click the first arrangement for the frames Click OK The frameset with the chosen layout appears Open the Frameset Properties box and at the Basics tab a Name the frameset Main Portal b Add a comment The comment appears with the initial list of framesets in the Work pane Type Main portal page Principal frameset Click in the left frame and make sure you are at the Frameset Properties box At the Basics tab name the frame MainMenu 8 Click on the right frame 3 4 1 Designi At the Basics tab name the frame MainBody ng the portal menu structure Once we have created our frameset structure we can create the navigational mechanism that will be contained in the MainMenu frame We required one o u utline design element that contains all the menu choices according to the ser s profile First we created an Outline design element named PortalMainMenv alias MainMenu
143. ee eceeese eases ecu sses Customer Profile CompName I CustNo r OPPPPPEETE E S E E ER L sede ce E E EEE E EE E A General l Op rAAANAA PARAAF lt LPAR Office Phone i Phone T Figure 89 Customer form For all the views we used we activated the use applet in the browser flag in the view properties so they look like Notes when using the Web browser This allows users to use either interface comfortably Figure 90 on page 167 shows where to set this flag 166 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Refresh index Auto after first use X Discard index Never v Unread marks None e For ODBC Access Generate unique keys in index For Web Access Treat view contents as HTML Y Use appletin the browser Active Link Unvisited Link Visited Link Restrict initial index build to designer or manager Don t show categories having zero documents Figure 90 Activate Use applet in the browser for views This application also incorporates a page with an embedded outline for navigation Note If you would like to use this application as a starting point we have included the source code on the ITSO web site See Appendix B Using the additional material on page 263 8 2 3 3 The DECS settings The DECS administrator database is by default installed on your server if you install it as we have described In this database we created a connection document which poi
144. ements In addition to having the capabilities of all other platforms S 390 helps cover many special needs such as supporting the deployment increases and process simplifications that occur as a result of the natural growth and changes in the business processes Lotus Domino on a S 390 helps to e Reduce total cost of ownership e Reduce personnel cost e Increase user satisfaction and productivity through increased reliability availability and overall service performance RAS e Grow non disruptively scaleability e Reduce complexity through consolidation e Provide central control of a distributed infrastructure e Provide dependable back up and recovery e Provide bullet proof security e Facilitate enterprise integration with back end data e Add the potential of consolidation on the order of 40 servers to 1 Copyright IBM Corp 2001 13 The S 390 is a very competitive option for Domino deployment for a wide range of organization sizes industries and application requirements In large companies moving to S 390 has tended to coincide with IT reorganizations that have created centralized management infrastructures for key services Companies wanted to achieve enterprise wide integration of key systems and to realize economies of scale The excellent cost benefit ratios along with the high levels of scalability and I O performance of the zSeries architecture make it a very attractive option for hosting large scale high volume
145. endaring and scheduling 107 118 capability connected users 15 powerful S 390 I O 23 cataloguer task 126 certification third party 91 challenge response 77 chat function 112 CICS 26 190 193 classes description of connector 176 coding for Notes client and Web browser 48 collaborative applications 42 concepts 172 of a portal 3 connected users S 390 15 connector classes 176 products 159 declarative 159 175 programmatic 175 consolidation hardware 20 contacts 108 119 content mapping with access control 34 cookie 82 CORBA 194 corporate portal 5 costs hardware 21 low 21 software 21 support staff 21 current data accessed on large server 17 events 110 121 customer service 22 277 D data 21 access 21 backup 23 speed 23 integrity 21 management on S 390 23 security 21 database access control 98 administrator 56 discussion 129 of the portal 33 translation process 61 DB2 26 declarative access 175 DECS administrator database 167 installation 163 design changes 72 of the administration section 43 of the enterprise portal 40 of the functional portal 42 of the personal portal 41 of the portal kernel 31 development using one server 20 discussion database 129 NNTP 211 disk space 17 larger server 17 document library application 130 domain catalog 122 indexer 122 search 122 Domino 26 administration 14 Administrator client 123 benefits on S 390 beside enterprise applications 19 close to enterpr
146. ent and disconnect from DB2 ret ParmDoc Remove True remove Agent Parameter Document src Disconnect Disconnect from db2 data source DB2G Exit Sub The rest is error logging Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 185 Handler Error Handler If session status lt gt LCSUCCESS Then Print session GetstatusText 0 _ The following Lotus Connector error has occurred Else Print Errors 0 _ The following LotusScript error has occurred End If End Sub A slightly different agent is used for fetching from the Web An agent which runs on the Domino server is always difficult to debug in case of errors Use the log and print statements For further tips refer to Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 Enterprise Integration Using Domino Connector Products SG24 5682 The agent code of the update insert and the delete agent is in Appendix A Code for the portal applications on page 237 9 2 Connecting to enterprise applications with MQLSX 186 The MQSeries LotusScript Extension MQLSX can be used in any environment supporting LotusScript It provides a set of classes incorporating the full power of the MQSeries Message Queueing Interface MQI giving your LotusScript applications the ability to interact with any MQSeries enabled application in your enterprise as illustrated in Figure 101 on page 187 The clients can be Notes based as well as Web based In our environment the MQLSX cod
147. ented development within and across products Its interface to Notes is through predefined object classes LPAR Logical Partition System 390 capability to divide up the processors memory and channels so that several operating system images can run independently on the same machine LS DO The ODBCConnection ODBCQuery and ODBCResultSet classes collectively called the 274 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example LotusScript Data Object LS DO provide properties and methods for accessing and updating tables in external databases through the ODBC Open Database Connectivity Version 2 0 standard MIB Management Information Base Defines the scope of what can be managed by SNMP MIME Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions Software that allows you to attach non text files to Internet mail messages Non text files include graphics spreadsheets formatted word processor documents and sound files MTA Mail transfer agent A message transfer agent also called a gateway is a program that translates messages between mail formats NAB Notes Name and Address Book Now called the Domino directory or Personal Address Book NNN Notes Named Network Now DNN or Domino Named Network NNS Notes Name Service Domino service for converting Fully Qualified Domain Names or Host names to a TCP IP address NNSC Notes Name Service Cache Hidden fields in the user s personal NAB Location document that is used when accessing the Domi
148. er In this section we explain how to build the screen interface for the menu generator then we build and integrate other design elements involved in the solution Finally we show how we built the code for our LotusScript agents We use these to add and remove the different options in the functional page menus included in our portal application FunctionalMenus form The form used to create functional menu items is shown in Figure 71 FuncPage a OutlineMenu rl a FunctionalPage m pew cere nn r r TETT ne ene need Pe E eT ETETETT TETTETETT TFTA E E oe ETETETT TATT TTT E TE T EEEE E E EE E T E T Y Irr rrr ITTE TEE EET pfacecetaccecesceceenceeeesese Current Chooses Options 5 eee CTT rir ee eT Te TTET Figure 71 FunctionalMenus form design structure Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 141 First we have to create the following hidden fields Field name FuncPage Type Text Computed Value DbColumn NoCache ViewFuncPage 1 Field name OutlineMenu Type Text Computed Value DbColumn NoCache ViewFuncPage 2 These fields retrieve the related list of the functional pages available at the portal application with their corresponding options menus outline menus The information from these fields is used in the LotusScript agents to make the match between the functional page and its options menu LotusScript agents are discussed
149. er 4 User personalization 61 Source Tagged Database EMA BELEIEN Design elements amp Objects Intermediary database User visible strings Logical link between source db and glossaries Logical link between Step 1 Tagging Glossaries amp Language Db s Process Step 3 Building Process Glossaries Translated knowledge Save terms Look up for terms Step 2 Glossary Translation Unilingual Multilingual Language Synchronized WBEICIESS Databases Language Switchbar Figure 16 Overview of the DGW localization process 4 2 4 Multilingual database generation 62 Here are the steps to generate a multi lingual database 1 Install the Domino Global Workbench on your local workstation If you receive a message that the Notes executable path is not found exit the install program and add the lotus notes path to your local environment settings 2 Create a new project From the Windows Taskbar click Start gt Programs gt Lotus Applications gt Domino Global Workbench You will see a panel like Figure 17 on page 63 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Domino Global WorkBench 5 0 7 Figure 17 DGW welcome panel On the Welcome to Domino Global Workbench panel click Create a new project and enter the project name Portal S 390 3 Choose the database to be translated Select Click Here to Choose the source Database s to be Localized and choose
150. er 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 195 196 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 10 NNTP and the Domino server News is a key element in a portal News can take many forms It could be just a source of information for the people in the company enterprise news or it could take the form of people asking for help or posting ideas about a specific topic and receiving responses Newsgroups and newsfeeds are an excellent way to address the problem of providing people with information specific to their needs or for them to get information from peers in a specific industry or field USENET news is one of the most popular services on the Internet The public newsgroups provide discussion areas full of articles and messages on a vast array of topics technical recreational controversial Since its inception with RFC 977 NNTP as evolved as an information exchange for users with common interests a virtual water cooler in a cybernetic hallway The number of USENET newsgroups is in the thousands covers a multitude of subjects and grows at a regular rate The USENET newsgroups are distributed as newsfeeds using the NNTP protocol and NNTP servers 10 1 USENET USENET is a world wide distributed discussion system It consists of a set of newsgroups with names that are classified hierarchically by subject Articles or messages are posted to these newsgroups by people on computers with the appropriate software The
151. er element of the design especially if there are several instances of the word The translated words can be reviewed by opening the Glossary Language View as shown in Figure 32 Views Back Translated Approved by Lang Afrikaans English United States French France Spanish Mexico Term Word count Description je Ajouter 1 E Bibliotheque Bienvenue sur Carnet d adresses js Connecte Deconnexion amp Departement Departement des Ventes DOMINO amp ENTREPRISE j Forum La Compagnie je Langage LE la Messagerie Pages Personnelles amp PORTAIL j Sales Souscriptions amp Support Technique Taches TechSupport amp Votre Avis IN d N cee mh Neh mh Neh eh et mt ON OND Portal 5 390 Glossary Figure 32 Glossary language view e Refresh the language database Launch the Domino Global Workbench application and open the Portal S 390 project From the dropdown databases names list located in the Tagged Database area highlight the language database you want to refresh with the previously translated words Click Re Build Language Database see Figure 33 Rebuild Language Database Figure 33 Re build language database Chapter 4 User personalization 71 Notes There are three cases for which the language database will be rebuilt rather than updated e Changing tagging or building selection e Changing tagging or building options e Making
152. ering application 190 personal pages 105 frameset structure 112 Notes client 106 Web browser client 112 personalization 55 desktop 59 user roles 55 QuickPlace 227 Sametime 217 security 44 77 structure 32 user interface 47 vertical 4 postings receiving 110 121 powerful I O capability 390 23 PR SM 20 See also Processor Resource Systems Manag er processor capacity 18 19 largerserver 18 peak usage 18 Processor Resource Systems Manager 20 programmatic connectors 175 concepts 175 PTF 25 checker 25 public address book distribution 16 larger server 16 Q QuickPlace 227 R RACF 21 See also SAF See also System Authorization Facility See OS 390 Security Services 21 realms 89 rebooting OS 390 19 reference database 130 registering users 56 re IPLing OS 390 19 reliability 21 390 21 RemoveOutlineEntryWeb agent 147 risk low for S 390 23 390 23 failure 23 roles 99 assigning 56 RSA encryption 94 S S 390 benefits 13 access to current data 17 administration 16 large Domino server 16 low cost 21 low risk 23 mail routing 17 multiple applications on one server 18 multiple operating systems 20 reliability and availability 21 scalability 22 security and integrity 21 side by side applications 19 single server 15 speed 23 S 390 server hardware 19 supports large workloads 16 SAF 21 See also System Authorization Facility Sametime 217 281 Javaapplets 221 setup 218 scalability 13 search 122 f
153. ers checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab e Close the outline entry box and save the outline 6 1 1 2 Personal calendar The Notes client mail application also contains calendaring and scheduling features that can be used for personal time management meetings and appointment scheduling or to delegate work to others The Calendar View provides a desktop calendar for viewing scheduled appointments In this link we will allocate the personal calendar application corresponding to the currently logged in portal user Similar to the mail application we create a new outline entry and call it calendar with alias calendar Follow these steps to create the link e Choose Named Element from the drop down list in the outline entry box and choose View in the drop down list to the right e Click the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens e Click the drop down list arrow in the Kind of object field and select View Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 107 108 e Click the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Users mail file e Click the drop down list arrow in the View field and select Calendar e Click OK to close e Set the frame to _blank to open the calendar page in a separate window e Include an image if required e Remember to check the Web Browsers checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab e Close the outline entry box and save the outline 6 1 1 3 Personal contac
154. erting names and data types to the list These methods create fields in the fieldlist and return the fields for further manipulation The fields are then given values and using field flags can be given conditions such as greater than and not equal The typical use of connectors is to gather create and modify data in the enterprise system For example a Domino application has a number of data fields on a form Once user input is complete a button activates a script to update corresponding information in an external data store For this redbook we concentrate on scripts running on a Domino for S 390 server The script handles all the database activity on the Domino server so only a thin client without any database connectivity software is needed It is possible to execute the scripts locally on a Notes Client but in that case connectivity software such as DB2 Connect is needed on each Notes client that accesses the enterprise system 9 1 2 The sample portal invoice application 178 We included an invoice database in the portal The enterprise database is a DB2 table and the front end to the DB2 table is a Notes database The records of the database can be fetched online inserted updated and deleted without any redundantly stored information in the Notes database In normal operation the database is completely empty It is filled only with retrieved DB2 records which are loaded into Notes documents The documents can be worked with lik
155. ervice has been applied on an OS 390 system The PTF checker is also provided at the Web site listed above To use the PTF checker follow the directions in the comments section of the Domino for S 390 installation manual The Web site should be reviewed frequently and service should be applied and verified whenever there are changes to the list 2 4 2 Creating a support team Because S 390 servers run multiple applications management of the server is done by a central group of operators and system programmers Administration of the S 390 server and operating system is done only by the S 390 support staff to protect the overall system Notes administrators do not need to manage the server hardware and software but they have to work with the S 390 support staff to ensure that they get the environment that Domino needs it is important that S 390 operators understand the importance of the Domino server to the organization and that they have some understanding of Notes so that they can provide better support to the Notes administrators Therefore consider including key representatives from the S 390 operations and support areas in the initial rollout They will better understand the impact of some of the things that they control such as performance and availability on the Domino environment Chapter 2 Why isn t your Domino server on a S 390 25 Administration of the Notes environment is done by Notes administrators as for other Domino
156. erwise Notes gives the Internet client the Default or Anonymous access instead of the access specified for the client Any user or server that accesses a remote server anonymously is known by the name Anonymous at that remote server Anonymous access is given to Internet users and Notes users who have not authenticated with the server As an additional level of security one can also create one or more roles and assign each user to a role In the portal database we used roles as a mechanism to provide a basic level of personalization Refer to Chapter 4 User personalization on page 55 for more details 5 3 3 Groups A group is a list of users or servers that require the same access to a database You can add a group name for example Sales to the ACL to represent multiple users or servers that require the same access Any group listed in the ACL must exist in a Domino Directory before it is added to a database ACL Or it must reside in an LDAP Directory that has been configured for group expansion in the Directory Assistance database Using Groups in an ACL is a much better way to provide security than using individual names To create a new group for inclusion in the ACL you must have Manager access to the database Using a group in the ACL offers the following advantages e If you need to change the access level for several users or servers you can do so once for the entire group If a group is listed in more than on
157. es Call mgqqm Connect Access the queue QOpenOptions amp 0 Set mqq mqqm AccessQueue QueueName QOpenOptions amp Write string into Queue mqm WriteString Stat amp CustNumber amp CustName amp Item amp Phone amp OrderDate amp Amount amp Comments If mqm CompletionCode lt gt MQCC_OK Then Print Error MQSession cc amp mgs CompletionCode Print Error MQSession rc amp mgs ReasonCode Else Print Your Order is shipped You will receive the confirmation shortly End If setting MessageType to MQMT DATAGRAM 242 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example mqm Messagetype MQMT_ DATAGRAM mqm Format MQFMT_STRING Put the msg Call mqq put mqm mqpmo Commit the message Call mqqm Commit Disconnect Call mqgm Disconnect Goto End_Routine Err Routine ErrString Err Routine Error amp Err amp on line amp Erl amp amp Errors Err amp my Print ErrString 7 f Not mqp s Nothing hen Ca map ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mqpmo Is Nothing Then Ca mqpmo ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mqgmo Is Nothing TI Ca mqgmo ClearErrorCodes nen End If f Not mqm s Nothing Then Ca mqm ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mqq s Nothing Then Ca mqq ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mqqm s Nothing Then Ca mqqm ClearErrorCodes End If f Not mgs s Nothing Then Ca mqs ClearErrorCodes E
158. es in the ACL It is easier and much neater to manage Try to always include a NotesAdmin group containing the names of the Domino server administrators except in cases of extremely sensitive data with Manager access to all ACLs This helps the administrators to quickly fix problems or restore corrupt data and allows them to change the ACL quickly in cases of a security breach Never leave the User Type of an ACL entry as Unspecified Change it to the proper type for the group or user for example Person Server Person Group or Server Group The highest level of access any user should have to a database is Editor access Only administrators of a database and the administration server should have Manager access Servers other than the administration server which host replicas of the database should be included in a group with type Server Group and Editor access Never use Designer access on a production database Designer access is only necessary on databases being developed or changed and changes should never be made on the fly on a production server Rather use templates to make changes and test the changes before having production databases inherit the design from the template Set an Administration Server on the ACL Advanced tab especially when you have multiple replicas of a database This will ensure that the database ACL can only be changed on the server specified as the Administration server
159. es to contain a named element of type form We called the form Login 4 Create the Hidden form Add the following javascript to the HTML Head Content of this form lt script language javaScript gt var userName A var password lt script gt 5 Create the Login form Add two fields to this form We named the fields txtUserName and txtPassword Also create a hotspot button for this form We called the button Login The purpose of this form is to supply a method for the user to supply a username and password for the Sametime server Fy btUserNamer J ttPasswords Login Figure 124 Sametime Login form 6 Add the following Javascript code to the onLoad event of the form to ensure that the UserName field gets the focus when the form is loaded document forms 0 txtUserName focus document forms 0 txtUserName select 7 Add the following Javascript code to the onSubmit Javascript event of the form to ensure that both the username and password are supplied by the user and also to save the supplied data in the hidden form If both the username and password are supplied the code also loads another document into the frame We named this form SameTime Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example var returnValue returnValue true if document forms 0 txtUserName value alert You must supply a User Name document forms 0 txtUserName focus document form
160. es user or forked USS process An address space control block ASCB points to many other control blocks used to manage the virtual storage I O resources and programs used by the work unit A USS process creates an address space ADSM ADSTAR Distributed Storage Manager IBM product for distributed file backup restore archive and more The products have been rebranded to Tivoli Data Manager TDM APAR Authorized Program Analysis Report IBM record of a software problem Canonical Format Format for storing hierarchical names that displays the hierarchical attribute of each component of the name For example the canonical format for the name Reuben Smith Ottawa Acme CA is CN Reuben Smith OU Ottawa O Acme C CA where CN is the common name OU is the organizational unit O is the organization and C is the country code CMG Computer Measurement Group They hold conferences on technology management and performance evaluation DADSM Direct Access Device Space Management Routines of the OS 390 operating system that manage disk storage DAE Dump Analysis and Elimination DECS Domino Enterprise Connection Services A forms based interface that allows integration to external data from Domino applications DFSMS Data Facility Storage Management Subsystem A software suite that automatically manages data from creation to expiration Copyright IBM Corp 2001 DFSMS MVS provides allocation control for availability and perfor
161. esDocument Dim doc2 As NotesDocument Dim outline As NotesOutline Dim entry As NotesOutlineEntry Dim View As NotesView Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Call agentLog LogAction Begin RemoveOut lineEntryWeb Set db session CurrentDatabase Set doc Session DocumentContext Ca agentLog LogAction Before read parameters Get the parameters data FunctionalPage doc FunctionalPage 0 Ca agent Log LogAction Cstr FunctionalPage Options doc Options 0 Ca agent Log LogAction Cstr Options FuncPage doc FuncPage OutlineMenu doc OutlineMenu Ca agentLog LogAction After read parameters Get the corresponding Outline Menu NumElements Ubound FuncPage Ca agentLog LogAction Elements Cstr NumElements For i 0 To NumElements Call agentLog LogAction into the loop If Cstr FunctionalPage Cstr FuncPage i Then Menu OutlineMenu i Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu Call agentLog LogAction Outline Cstr Menu Exit For End If Next 250 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Get the required entry Set entry outline GetFirst If Not entry Is Nothing Then Do If Cstr entry Label Cstr Options Then Call outline RemoveEntry entry Call agentLog LogAction OutlineEntry Removed Get the functional choose doc Set view db GetView ViewFuncChoose Set doc2 view GetFirstDocument If Not doc2 Is Noth
162. ferent functional portals the user is able to get access to It is named Functional alias Functional and it is integrated for two indent entries one for our sales portal page and another for our technical support portal page The first indent entry is named Sales alias Sales At the Entry Hide When field select Hide outline entry if formula is true and write the formula IsNotMember Sales UserRoles This ensures that the sales portal page will be displayed only if the user is assigned the Sales role The other indent entry is named TechSupport alias TechSupport At the Entry Hide When field select Hide outline entry if formula is true and write the formula IlsNotMember TechSupport UserRoles This ensures that the technical support portal page will be displayed only if the user is assigned the TechSupport role One user could have access to many different functional portal pages according to the access roles they were assigned The sixth choice provides access to the configuration elements of our portal application Only users with the PortalAdmin role assigned can get access to this configuration elements The entry is named Administration alias administration At the Entry Hide When field select Hide outline entry if formula is true and write the formula lsNotMember PortalAdmon UserRoles
163. fic users are a great boost to knowledge management initiatives in an organization Examples of portal personalization include allowing the users to see their own mail calendar and scheduling information A way to further personalize the portal is to open the portal at the user s particular workgroup portal home page When the user opens the portal it checks their identity and opens the appropriate frameset for them to view One way to achieve this is by defining user roles in the portal access control list and tying each individual user to a specified role Another important aspect of personalization is the capability to choose the language of your choice 4 1 Personalization with user roles Every database includes an access control list ACL which Notes uses to determine the level of database access that users and servers have As an additional level of security you can also create one or more roles and assign each user to a role For more information about the database ACL and roles refer to 5 3 Database access control on page 98 In the portal database the role assigned to each user forms the basis on which specific framesets are opened for them To enable personalization using roles you can for example embed formulas in the design to prevent users who don t have these roles from accessing the corresponding element of design In the portal database we used this function to tailor entries on the outline menu for
164. g software and hardware e Minimum requirement is OS 390 Version 2 Release 6 or higher and the required PTFs listed OS 390 Version 2 Release 7 or higher and the required PTFs listed is preferred due to the significant performance improvements in DFSMS e Processors supported Any processor that supports your release level of OS 390 See the note later in this section e Java Development Kit JDK 1 1 8 at the July 21 2000 service level Please ensure you have applied all of the JDK prerequisite PTFs Do not use JDK 1 2 Java2 with any S 390 5 0 x release of Domino e The OS 390 C C IBM Open Class Library installed e No license for the C C feature of OS 390 is required e SCLBDLL must be in the program search order for example in the SYS1 PARMLIB member LNKLSTxx or PROGxx 24 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example e A workstation with a CD ROM and a connection to the S 390 where Domino will be installed e TCP IP networking support e DASD volumes for the HFS datasets where Domino data will reside Note For Domino applications that have frequent floating point operations an S 390 processor with IEEE floating point hardware G5 or G6 processor is recommended The following Web site contains the list of OS 390 services required to run Domino for S 390 http www s390 ibm com products domino servchoice html Additionally a tool the PTF checker is provided that uses SMP E to verify that this s
165. ga eels ne aed 217 11 1 1 Sametime overview 0 00 cee es 217 11 1 2 Installing the Sametime server on Windows 2000 218 11 1 3 Integrating Sametime center into the portal database 220 11 1 4 Using the Sametime Java applets 221 11 1 5 Integrating the Sametime chat application into the portal database 226 VA 2 QUICKPIACE te araa ae at ile Bei tee a Aa ta ee BA 227 11 2 1 QuickPlace overview 0 0 00 eee 227 11 2 2 Installing QuickPlace on S 3890 000020 c eee 229 11 2 3 Integrating QuickPlace into the portal database 230 Appendix A Code for the portal applications 237 A 1 Invoices application LCLSX 0 0 cee ee 237 A 1 1 Update insert invoice agent for Notes client access 237 A 1 2 Update insert invoice agent for Web browser access 238 A 1 3 Delete invoice agent 1 2 0 0 0 cee ee 240 A 2 Parts ordering application MQLSX 0 0 00 eee eee 241 A 2 1 The WebMQ PutOrder agent 000 eee eee 241 vi Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example A 2 2 The MQGetOrderStatus agent 0 ee eee eee 244 A 3 The personal page generator 00 cee ee 247 A 3 1 The AgentGetMailUrl agent 0 0 eee eee 247 A 4 The menu generator interface 0 0 cee eee 249 A 4 1 The AddOutlineEntryWeb agent 20 0 eee ee eee 249 A 4 2 The RemoveOutlineEntryWeb agent
166. h Domino A S 390 Example Browser HTTP Server Request page iP See 404 HTTP response Unauthenticated User Prompt peel Name and Password Page displayed User authenticated Page served www authorizati HTTP header Page request matching realm Figure 43 How basic HTTP authentication works Figure 43 illustrates how basic HTTP authentication works The client requests a page and when the HTTP server determines that the client did not send a valid www authorization HTTP header that matches the realm it replies with a 404 HTTP response This causes the browser to prompt the user for a username and password The browser then sends the username and password as part of the HTTP header to the server If the username and password is valid the server will display the requested page The browser will continue to send the username and password in subsequent requests to the server if the same realm is accessed It is important to note that the username and password is sent in the clear and it is strongly suggested that server side SSL is implemented when using this method of authentication in an internet environment With server side SSL the connection will be encrypted and the username and password will be encapsulated within the encryption Session based authentication A session is the time during which a Web client is actively logged onto
167. h situation must be explored individually These considerations are not discussed in this section as the advantages and Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 187 disadvantages are dynamic and depend on the systems you are using and your network infrastructure the topology architecture and protocol 9 2 1 The MQSeries LotusScript Extension The MQSeries LotusScript Extension MQLSX provides a tight link through MQSeries to transaction based systems allowing seamless integration of business processes across Domino and transaction systems MQLSX enables you to make MQSeries calls directly from your LotusScript code Figure 102 shows the architecture of the MQSeries LSX Process maseres K gt maseries Figure 102 MQLSX architecture placement With the MQSeries LSX you can develop applications that integrate the Domino environment with transaction based applications and legacy system data through MQSeries This allows you to access enterprise application logic not just the data through a variety of platforms since you have direct integration between Domino and MQSeries 9 2 1 1 Class overview There are seven MQSeries LSX classes e MQSession e MQQueueManager e MQQueue e MQProcess e MQMessage e MQGetMessageOptions e MQPutMessageOptions 188 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example In addition the MQSeries LSX also provides predefined LotusScript constants such as MQFMT_NONE that are
168. he drop down list field to the right e Click the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens e Click the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Current database e Click the drop down list arrow in the Form field and select PersonalToDo e Click OK to close e Set the frame to _blank to open the page in a separate window e Include an image for the menu entry if required 120 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example e Remember to check the Notes R4 6 or later checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab e Close the outline entry box and save the outline 6 1 2 5 Personal subscriptions As mentioned with the Notes client in order to complete the subscriptions link the subscription database has to be created and configured The following steps describe the creation of the link in the menu outline after the subscription database has been configured e Create a form called PersonalSubscriptions with alias PersonalSubscriptions e Add the fields previously added to the GenerateWebPersonalPage form e Add the following to the HTML Head Content element of the form lt FRAMESET COLS gt lt FRAME NAME Subscriptions SRC Subscriptions gt lt FRAMESET gt e Add the following to the WebQueryOpen element of the form Command ToolsRunMacro AgentGetMailUr1 e Save the form e Add an outline entry to the PortalMainMenu outline and indent it underneath the Personal entry for
169. he ST2QJava zip Unzip the package in a directory known by the local CLASSPATH environment variable where the class will be compiled In Domino Release 5 applications developers have the ability to store applets and code inside their application database For Sametime enabled applications where Java applets are used and the application is accessed via a Notes client only developers can take advantage of this If the application is accessed through a Web browser the applets must be stored on the Sametime server file system In this case you load applets from the Sametime server into your browser There may be policy procedural testing issues within your organization regarding putting files on the Sametime server those must also be followed 11 1 4 1 Creating an application database on a Sametime server 1 The first operation is to create a new database on the Sametime server e Select from a Notes client menu File gt Database gt New e Create this database on the Sametime server and give it a name such as STPortal nsf Refer to Figure 123 on page 223 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example New Database Server ftot 3 ltso z Title Sametime Java Applications Cancel File Name STPortal nst j Help Encryption Size Limit I Create full text index for searching Advanced Template Server Local User Registration Queue Vacation Planner Installer Vacation Planner Template 4 6 Compatible DGW Glossa
170. hen multiple hierarchical name or rep conflicts Call agentLog LogAction multiple hierarchical name or rep conflicts Print lt b gt ERROR lt b gt The user has one or more conflicting names lt p gt Print lt b gt Contact the Webmaster lt b gt Print lt p gt lt a href OpenMail OpenForm gt Go back lt a gt Exit Sub End If Get Persondoc entries Call agentLog LogAction Get Persondoc entries Set PersDoc PersDocColl GetFirstDocument Call agentLog LogAction Set PersDoc PersDocColl GetFirstDocument If Not PersDoc Is Nothing Then Replace with Call agentLog LogAction Replace with Temp1 Trim PersDoc mailfile 0 pos Instr Temp1s Temp Left Temp1 pos 1 Mids Temp1 pos 1 If Instr PersDoc MailFile 0 nsf Then mail Temp Else mail Temp nsf End If End If Servers PersDoc MailServer 0 Call agentLog LogAction Server PersDoc MailServer 0 SearchStrsS Form Server amp Servername Servers uN Set ServDocColl DomDir Search SearchStr Nothing 0 Set ServDoc ServDocColl GetFirstDocument If Not ServDoc Is Nothing Then Call agentLog LogAction For URL we use the NetAdr_0 field in the server document For URL we use the NetAdr_0 field in the server document address ServDoc NetAddr_0 0 doc Mail http address mail Inbox OpenView doc Calendar http address S mailS Cale
171. homepage Once you have bookmarked a database document or a Web page you can set that bookmark to open every time you start Notes In previous versions of Notes you could choose a startup database In Notes Release 5 you select a bookmark as your home page and that database document or Web page will open as your default view when you start Notes You can redo this as often as you like You can also reset the Welcome Page to act as your home page Bookmark a database To bookmark a database 1 Choose File gt Database gt Open 2 Enter the name of the server in the Server box to see a list of available databases 3 Select the portal database from the list of available databases on the server and click Bookmark 4 Select the name of the Bookmark folder to which you would like to add the bookmark Set the Bookmark as your homepage To set a bookmark as your home page 1 Right click on any bookmark 2 Select the option Set Bookmark as Home Page 3 In the Set Home Page dialog box click OK If the desired database does not have a bookmark drag the open database s task button to the bookmark bar To undo setting a bookmark as your home page You can reset the default Welcome Page to act as your Home Page 1 Open your Favorite Bookmarks folder on the bookmark bar 2 Right click on the Welcome bookmark 3 Select the option Set Bookmark as Home Page 4 In the Set Home Page dialog box
172. ications can retrieve and act upon data from agents during document events or by clicking a button The LCLSX can be used alone or in conjunction with Lotus Enterprise Integrator LEI Together these technologies provide programmatic and declarative access to external data At the time of this writing Domino R5 on S 390 provides the following standard set of connectors e DB2 e Notes 9 1 1 1 LCLSX classes The LCLSX classes are an extension to the standard Notes classes They have to be loaded using the Use statement in the options section of each code segment The classes are by default installed on every Notes client or Domino server and ready to use There are four LCLSX classes e LCSession e LCConnection e LCFieldlist e LCField In addition to the four classes there are four advanced data types e LCStream e LCNumeric e LCCurrency e LCDatetime Place the following statement in the Options event of your LotusScript program to make the LCLSX classes available Uselsx LSXLC The Figure 97 on page 177 shows the relationship between the different LCLSX classes Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example LCSession LCStream LCConnection LCDatetime LCNumeric LCFieldList f LCCurrency Datatype Figure 97 Relationship between different LCLSX classes with data types 9 1 1 2 LCSession The LCSession class provides error information useful in error handling It also provides fo
173. ices field for the selected functional page e Update Updates any specific choice in a particular option menu To create a new choice in a particular option menu from a specific functional page simply select the corresponding functional page from the Functional page drop down list This automatically fills the Current Choices field with the Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example corresponding choices available on the options menu from the selected functional page Record the title of the choice in the Title field and record the URL of the application you want to include in the URL field Then click Add The new entry is aggregated automatically into the choices menu of the corresponding functional page you will see that it is now included in the Current Choices field Later when we navigate to the functional page the choice will be ready for use To remove a choice from an option menu on a functional page select the functional page in the Functional page field Select the desired item from the Current Choices field and click Remove The specified item is removed from the Current Choices field when you access the functional page the choice does not appear in the menu 7 2 2 1 The components of the menu generator The menu generator is an extra infrastructure application It is very helpful in administering all the option menus for the portal application This interface is composed of many design elements that are hidden for the us
174. ich have previously been identified as those that are displayed when opening the database In this portal example we decided to translate the Domino Enterprise Portal homepage from the original English US language Domino Enterprise Portal a So Search le dawsnnwvo een Logged in armelle creuzet Home See Welcome to Calendar d Contacts _ ToD os Y L Enterprise THE DOMINO ENTERPRISE PO Ni E ain Library Functional E Sales E TechSupport Y Administration gt L Configuration a Menu Admin b _I Language E Feedback Logout v Figure 27 The portal homepage panel in English 68 Build a Portal with Domino A 8 390 Example According to Figure 27 the words to be translated are Welcome to THE DOMINO ENTERPRISE PORTAL Logged in Home Personal Mail Calendar Contacts ToDo Subscription Enterprise News Discussion Library Functional Sales TechSupport Administration Configuration Menu Admin Language Feedback Logout Note The Search frameset object issued from another database catalog nsf will not be translated It needs the catalog nsf translation 4 2 5 1 Handling untranslated terms In a Notes client open the Portal S 390 glossary database and select the Untranslated terms view See Figure 28 Domino Global WorkBen Views A All terms and translations Available languages Do Not Translate terms Obsolete terms E Unapproved transl
175. ict access to individual newsgroups For example when you create a private newsgroup you can set the ACLs to allow internal users to read and post articles to the group author access while allowing external Internet users to read articles but not to post new articles reader access e Restricted Newsgroup Posting You can configure your Domino NNTP server to prohibit posting from all NNTP clients and to prevent receiving new articles from remote NNTP servers 10 4 Managing the newsfeeds Administrators must be able to manage the newsfeeds the distribution of articles between NNTP servers USENET newsgroups number in the thousands Although many groups are technically oriented and useful in the workplace one may not want or need to access them all as some may be controversial or offensive to participants at your site You should also consider whether your network and other resources can handle the massive amounts of data in a USENET newsfeed Domino NNTP server lets you select the newsgroups you want and choose from the newsfeed type that complies with your organization s policies Newsfeeds are configurable in the Connection document and the Server document The convenient naming hierarchy facilitates the use of the wildcard for specifying groups For example many technical newsgroups Chapter 10 NNTP and the Domino server 201 reside under the comp hierarchy On a wildcard search you could use comp or comp os For each ne
176. ided e Redbooks Web Site ibm com redbooks Search for view download or order hardcopy CD ROM Redbooks from the Redbooks Web site Also read redpieces and download additional materials code samples or diskette CD ROM images from this Redbooks site Redpieces are Redbooks in progress not all Redbooks become redpieces and sometimes just a few chapters will be published this way The intent is to get the information out much quicker than the formal publishing process allows e E mail Orders Send orders by e mail including information from the IBM Redbooks fax order form to e mail address In United States or Canada pubscan us ibm com Outside North America Contact information is in the How to Order section at this site http www elink ibmlink ibm com pb1 pb1 e Telephone Orders United States toll free 1 800 879 2755 Canada toll free 1 800 IBM 4YOU Outside North America Country coordinator phone number is in the How to Order section at this site http www elink ibmlink ibm com pbl pb1 e Fax Orders United States toll free 1 800 445 9269 Canada 1 403 267 4455 Outside North America Fax phone number is in the How to Order section at this site http www elink ibmlink ibm com pb1 pb1 This information was current at the time of publication but is continually subject to change The latest information may be found at the Redbooks Web site m IBM Intranet for Employees IBM employees may reg
177. im doc As NotesDocument Dim doc2 As NotesDocument Dim outline As NotesOutline Dim entry As NotesOutlineEntry Dim View As NotesView Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Call agentLog LogAction Begin UpdateOut lineEntryWeb Set db session CurrentDatabase Set doc Session DocumentContext Call agentLog LogAction Before read parameters Get the parameters data FunctionalPage doc FunctionalPage 0 Call agentLog LogAction Cstr FunctionalPage Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 149 Options doc Options 0 Call agentLog LogAction Cstr Options TitleChoose doc TitleChoose 0 Call agentLog LogAction Cstr TitleChoose URLChoose doc URLChoose 0 Call agentLog LogAction Cstr URLChoose FuncPage doc FuncPage OutlineMenu doc OutlineMenu Call agentLog LogAction After read parameters We locate the corresponding outline options menu for the selected functional page Get the corresponding Outline Menu NumElements Ubound FuncPage Call agentLog LogAction Elements Cstr NumElements For i 0 To NumElements Call agentLog LogAction into the loop If Cstr FunctionalPage Cstr FuncPage i Then Menu OutlineMenu i Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu Call agentLog LogAction Outline Cstr Menu Exit For End If Next After that we look for the required entry on the outline menu Get the required entry Set entry
178. in the server document For URL we use the NetAdr_0 field in the server document address ServDoc NetAddr_0 0 Generate and assign the URL links to their corresponding fields doc Mail http address mail Inbox OpenView doc Calendar http address mails S Calendar 0penView doc ToDo http address mail ToDo OpenView 116 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example doc Subscription http wtsc670e Subscrip nsf SubscriptionsFullscreen OpenFrameset Call doc save True True Exit Sub Else Call agentLog LogAction lt b gt ERROR lt b gt mailfile or server not found Print lt b gt ERROR lt b gt mailfile or server not found Print lt p gt lt a href dbpath sGo back lt a gt End If Call agentLog Close End Sub First we get the full path of the portal database current database and then we obtain the full user s name With this we make the search query to find the personal document for the current user in the admin nsf database We then open the admin nsf database and execute the search criteria After the execution we verify the search s results In the case where we get more than one personal document we display a conflict error message indicating that the user has one or more conflicting names Once we get the personal document we get the mail file of the current user and the name of the mail server With this informati
179. ing Then Do TE Cstr doc2 FunctionalPage 0 Cstr FunctionalPage And Cstr doc2 ChooseName 0 Cstr Options Then Call doc2 Remove True Call agentLog LogAction Fuctional choose removed Exit Do End If Set doc2 view GetNextDocument doc2 Loop While Not doc2 Is Nothing End If Exit Do End If Set entry outline GetNext entry Loop While Not entry Is Nothing End If Call outline save Call agentLog LogAction End RemoveOutlineEntryWeb Call agentLog Close End Sub A 4 3 The UpdateOutlineEntryWeb agent Option Public Sub Initialize Dim session As New NotesSession Dim db As NotesDatabase Dim doc As NotesDocument Dim doc2 As NotesDocument Dim outline As NotesOutline Dim entry As NotesOutlineEntry Dim View As NotesView Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Appendix A Code for the portal applications 251 Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Call agentLog LogAction Begin UpdateOut lineEntryWeb Set db session CurrentDatabase Set doc Session DocumentContext Ca agentLog LogAction Before read parameters Get the parameters data FunctionalPage doc FunctionalPage 0 Ca agent Log LogAction Cstr FunctionalPage Options doc Options 0 Ca agent Log LogAction Cstr Options TitleChoose doc TitleChoose 0 Ca agent Log LogAction Cstr TitleChoose URLChoose doc URLChoose 0 Ca agent Log LogAction Cstr URLChoose FuncPage doc FuncPage OutlineMenu d
180. ing certificate based authentication not just SSL connections store the client certificates in the Domino directory for authentication 4 The steps outlined require access by both a browser and a Domino Administrator client For more information and detailed instructions for setting up SSL on Domino refer to the redpaper REDP0046 Domino Certification Authority and SSL Certificates by Mike Bartlett Our SSL implementation does not in any way diminish the availability of or our commitment to Notes specific security Existing Notes network protocols retain full support In fact you can and should continue to use the Notes security authentication and encryption model wherever possible There are two reasons for this 1 First in an intra Domino environment the Notes certification model is richer than SSL It employs a deep hierarchical naming structure which simplifies both the issuance of certificates and system verification of those Chapter 5 Portal security 95 96 certificates There is a chain of trust both up and down within a certificate tree and across trees to other chains that have been verified for trust In effect Notes maintains a semantic certification network where the Internet model is merely syntactical 2 Second SSL in no way affects your management of application access using ACL and other mechanisms SSL is indifferent to who actually accesses an application once the veracity of the connection itself i
181. ion 4 Y vy Mang Adin y FunctionalMenus y y y i y yvy Language y y Language Feedback FeedbackForm y y y http wtsc67oe itso ibm com Portal 390 1 y y Logout Figure 5 Main Menu outline design element After we have completed our outline design element we created the form in which we embedded this outline element Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 39 The form was named MainMenu We created a table with two rows and one column We put the logo of the company in the first row In the next row we created a field to show the name of the current user with the following properties Field name UserName Type Text Computed for display Value Name CN UserName Figure 6 shows the form after the outline was added UserName T Figure 6 Main Menu form 3 4 2 Designing the enterprise portal 40 After completing the menu side of the frameset we created a new frameset imbedded in the body side of the main frameset and added it to the Body frame We made the enterprise portal the entry point to the portal and showed the enterprise portal pages in the body frame when a user accesses the portal We divided the enterprise portal pages into two frames The top frame will contain a search option that is already available in Lotus Domino The bottom frame will contain the enterprise portal pages with an initial welcome page To create the enterprise portal pages follow these steps 1 Open Designe
182. ion 42 IPL OS 390 19 isolation 20 J Java 194 applets 45 when to use 46 JavaScript 45 194 when to use 46 javascript 88 JDBC 194 job scheduler 16 K kernel code OS 390 19 portal 31 key fields 171 knowledge management elements 9 L large Domino server value 15 LCConnection 177 class description 177 LCFieldlist 177 class description 177 LCLSX 175 agent 180 programming connection 42 LCSession 177 class description 177 LDAP server 234 library application 130 list server 110 121 login interface 44 Lotus connectors directory services 160 ERP 160 OLTP 160 other services 160 products 159 RDBMS 160 Lotus Connector LotusScript Extension LCLSX 160 described 176 Lotus Enterprise Integrator LEI 160 172 Lotus Notes deployment 26 Lotus Translation Component 60 LotusScript when to use 46 low costs with one server 21 low risk S 390 23 M mail 106 117 routing with larger server 17 megaportal 4 menu generator components 141 MQGetMessageOptions 189 MQMessage 189 MQProcess_ 189 MQPutMessageOptions 189 MQQueue_ 189 279 MQQueueManager 189 MQSeries 186 MQSeries LotusScript Extension MQLSX 186 MQSeries Message Queueing Interface MQI 186 MQSession class 189 multi lingual database generation 62 portal 59 tools 60 multiple operating systems on one server 20 multivalue field 166 MVS integrity guarantee 21 N navigation 134 network connections 19 traffic 44 larger server 17 network news tran
183. ion client from any Notes workstation in the same way you do it in any other platform One difference is that Domino administrators are not able to start the S 390 Domino server from the Notes administration client this is the responsibility of the S 390 console operators The S 390 is a mature and powerful server platform that provides a lot of functionality to support Domino applications One of the most valuable 14 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example advantages offered by S 390 is the ability to use a large Domino server to support many Notes applications without needing to implement each Notes application on its own dedicated server Using a single server helps to reduce the administration effort required to manage a Notes environment This is directly reflected in a substantial reduction in the cost incurred from this essential activity You also have more efficient access to current data in a particular application eliminating the delay time required to propagate the updates from a database using the replication function to the multiple copies distributed along a network engine integrated by multiple small servers You can achieve faster mail routing by eliminating the time required to route mail across a network of small servers With the reduction of replicas of a particular database you also reduce the use of disk space dedicated to them and with this you also reduce the network traffic The following section presents a m
184. ion of the Administrators Place is pre configured to allow an entry point to the QuickPlace server You as an administrator can then administer the newly installed QuickPlace server from this entry point After signing in you can begin to manage the QuickPlace server To get to the administration panel go to the QuickPlace server s main screen also called the Welcome screen and click Sign In in the top right hand corner refer to Figure 126 3 Welcome quickplace Netscape File Edit View Go Communicator Help e 3 Aa as de BO F Back Forwerd Reload Home Search Netscape Print Security Shop Stop z G7 Bookmarks Location http 49 12 2 26 8081 QuickPlace quickplaceMain nst OpenDatabase instant Message Members E WebMail E Connections BizJournal E SmartUpdate E Mitplace RealPlayer QuickPlace ee Welcome Create A QuickPlace Lotus QuickPlace Create a Team Workspace on the Instantly A QuickPlace is a place that you can create on the Internet in conds to communicate with your team share resources and keep track of your project CREATE A QUICKPLACE NOW Read More About QuickPlace QuickPlace includes many great features including simple proje integration with Microsoft Office user selectable Themes po integration with central user directories To learn more read management tools Latus Sametime chat excelle rful customization capabilities incl
185. ion template ntpcl5 ntf and the following steps Select File gt Database gt New Select the server where you have NNTP enabled Fill in the database name and filename The database name cannot contain spaces and should reflect a hierarchy of your newsgroups for example itso internal management Select the template server click Show advanced templates and select the NNTP Discussion template nntpcl5 ntf Click OK to create the database Chapter 10 NNTP and the Domino server 209 New Database wtsc6oe Itso itso internal management itsomgmt nsf Mailing List R5 Microsoft Office Library R5 0 News Articles NNTP NNTP Cross Post Notes Log Notes Log Analysis Figure 115 Creating a newsgroup 10 5 2 2 Editing the NNTP database profile When you first open the newly created newsgroup you will be prompted to edit the database profile document refer to Figure 116 on page 211 210 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Save amp Close Instructions Cancel Database Profile Database Profile editors NotesAdmin ami Newsgroup Name Itso internal management Name and location of the Database nntp Itsointr nsf X Private List of Users who can access the database Hltso am FRESE USCIS WH EE QNWEH GUO ACCESS 10 the MHEEESE O Moderated Figure 116 NNTP database profile Each NNTP discussion database contains a database profile which specifies information about th
186. ion to those specific hardware and software products and levels IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to the IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation North Castle Drive Armonk NY 10504 1785 Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose of enabling i the exchange of information between independently created programs and other programs including this one and ii the mutual use of the information which has been exchanged should contact IBM Corporation Dept 600A Mail Drop 1329 Somers NY 10589 USA Such information may be available subject to appropriate terms and conditions including in some cases payment of a fee The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test and is distributed AS IS The use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the customer s ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer s operational environment While each item may have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation there is no guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere Customers Copyright IBM Corp 2001 265 266 attempting to adapt these techniques to their own environmen
187. ion with Domino for S 390 SG24 5150 Lotus Notes and Domino 5 0 Security Infrastructure Revealed SG24 5341 Connecting Domino to the Enterprise Using Java SG24 5425 Domino for S 390 and Web Server Integration SG24 5437 Lotus Domino R5 0 Enterprise Integration Architecture and Products SG24 5593 Domino and WebSphere Together SG24 5955 Customizing QuickPlace SG24 6000 D 2 IBM Redbooks collections Redbooks are also available on the following CD ROMs Click the CD ROMs button at ibm com redbooks for information about all the CD ROMs offered updates and formats CD ROM Title Collection Kit Number IBM System 390 Redbooks Collection SK2T 2177 IBM Networking Redbooks Collection SK2T 6022 IBM Transaction Processing and Data Management Redbooks Collection SK2T 8038 IBM Lotus Redbooks Collection SK2T 8039 Tivoli Redbooks Collection SK2T 8044 IBM AS 400 Redbooks Collection SK2T 2849 Copyright IBM Corp 2001 269 CD ROM Title Collection Kit Number IBM Netfinity Hardware and Software Redbooks Collection SK2T 8046 IBM RS 6000 Redbooks Collection SK2T 8043 IBM Application Development Redbooks Collection SK2T 8037 IBM Enterprise Storage and Systems Management Solutions SK3T 3694 D 3 Other resources These publications are also relevant as further information sources e Administering the Domino System Lotus part numbers CT7VHNA and CT7VINA http www lotus com yel lowbooks e Managing Domino Databases Lotus part number CT
188. ions TIP stchType jaw Author 4 IF ShowSort ai categories T SimpleQuery T Figure 62 The domain search form in the enterprise portal The form is added as a named element form to the header frame of the EnterprisePortal Frameset 6 2 2 Quickplace Quickplace is a self service Web tool for team collaboration We discuss it in detail in 11 2 QuickPlace on page 227 6 2 3 Sametime Sametime consists of client and server applications that enable a community of users to collaborate in real time online meetings Sametime is discussed in detail in 11 1 Sametime on page 217 6 2 4 News For our portal we included a page that contains news for the enterprise We created a page that we called EnterpriseNews and added some news to the page We then added an item in the portal menu indented under the Enterprise entry which opens the page named element EnterpriseNews In our case one of the administrators kept the EnterpriseNews page up to date In a real production environment you can write an application to change the contents of the news page 6 2 5 Newsgroups Refer to Chapter 10 NNTP and the Domino server on page 197 fora complete description and instructions about incorporating newsgroups and NNTP into the portal 128 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 6 2 6 Discussion database 6 2 6 1 What does this database do Almost any group that has information to share among its members can use a d
189. irmation is put into the SG245682 NOTES IN QUEUE which is managed and possibly transferred to another location by the queue manager A scheduled Domino agent runs every five minutes to poll the G245682 NOTES IN QUEUE queue Of course this parameter is changeable When the message arrives in the queue being polled it is read by the agent The ID of the corresponding Notes document is retrieved from Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example the string and the document is modified with the information issued by the CICS application For example confirmation information is shown in Figure 106 File Edit View Go Communicator Help sz Q Atanwsucd OB a Bookmarks amp Location http wtsc67o0e S390El OrderAccMan nsf opendatabase E BinstantMessage E WebMail Radio People Yellow Pages Download Calendar C4 Channels SESS Orders Custome Status item Price comment Parts Supply BM open Computer 3 00 HAllo Show Catalog open 09876543210987 10000 00 for today Make Order confirmed 12345678901234 10000 00 at 7pm View Order Status Figure 106 Viewing status change in the view after MQ get The confirmation information is now visible in the document and the view At this point some automation such as mail notifiers could be added with little effort Of course our application is very simple since we concentrated on the queue interface management 9 2 2 1 Portal integration of
190. iscussion database A workgroup can use a discussion database to share their thoughts and ideas An engineering group can discuss the products they are designing An advertising agency can discuss the ad campaigns they are developing A special interest group can share ideas and opinions on their common interests A discussion database is an informal meeting place where the members of a workgroup can share ideas and comments Like a physical meeting each member of the workgroup listens to what others have to say and can voice his her own opinions However unlike a physical meeting the participants do not have to be in the same room at the same time to share information People can participate when it is convenient for them to do so and because it is easy for them to share information they will do so To get started a user can simply browse through discussion topics and responses that others have contributed This is particularly useful for new workgroup members who want to learn about the issues that the group is working on The history of discussion about these issues is preserved in the group s discussion database Users can also take a more active role in the discussion by composing their own responses to others comments and by proposing new main topics for discussion 6 2 6 2 Who will use this database All the members of a workgroup should use the group s discussion database Some users will just follow the main topics and responses
191. ise data 19 Designer 45 194 domain search 122 for IBM HTTP Server 48 Global Workbench DGW 60 integration with OS 390 Web server 48 powerful functionality 13 support plan 26 278 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example value of large server 15 Domino Enterprise Connection Services DECS 159 concepts 163 E electronic filing cabinet 130 e mail 106 117 enterprise content 30 news 128 portal design 40 portalpage 122 enterprise integration connector products 159 DB2 using DECS 162 DB2 using LEI 172 tools 161 error detection 19 expanded processor storage 16 experience none 23 extranet content 30 F features of aportal 6 feedback 151 field mapping 168 finding the portal 50 flexibility of S 390 22 floating point 25 formula language when to use 46 frameset 37 FRCA cache 48 functional portal design 42 pages 133 fuzzy search 124 G GenerateWebPersonalPage 112 Global Workbench 60 globalization 59 glossary database 63 language view 71 groups 99 growth 22 390 22 guarantee integrity of MVS 21 H handshake 92 hardware consolidation 20 390 19 headlines 110 121 horizontal portal 4 hotspot resource link 108 l I O capability 23 IBM WebSphere Translation Server 60 identifying a workgroup 26 IEEE floating point hardware 25 IMS 26 integrity 21 guarantee in MVS 21 one server 21 interest profile of NNTP 215 Internet content 31 security 96 inter server traffic 16 intranet 21 invoice applicat
192. ister for information on workshops residencies and Redbooks by accessing the IBM Intranet Web site at http w3 itso ibm com and clicking the ITSO Mailing List button Look in the Materials repository for workshops presentations papers and Web pages developed and written by the ITSO technical professionals click the Additional Materials button Employees may access MyNews at http w3 ibm com for redbook residency and workshop announcements Copyright IBM Corp 2001 271 IBM Redbooks fax order form Please send me the following Title Order Number Quantity First name Last name Company Address City Postal code Country Telephone number Telefax number VAT number Invoice to customer number Credit card number Credit card expiration date Card issued to Signature We accept American Express Diners Eurocard Master Card and Visa Payment by credit card not available in all countries Signature mandatory for credit card payment 272 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Glossary ACL Access control list A list of database users individual users Lotus Domino servers and groups of users and or servers created and updated by the database manager The ACL specifies which users can access the database and what tasks they can perform Address space An OS 390 construct used to represent a batch job TSO E user started task UNIX Systems Servic
193. k 3 For Web client domain search fill in the host name in the Server Document gt Web Protocols tab as shown in Figure 60 TJ Save and Close 4 Web HTTP Domino Web Engine IIOP LDAP NNTP Host name s wtsc67oe itso i Home URL tho anian mepa ge nsf 0pe no Bind to host name Disabled ami HTML directory domi no ht ml a Figure 60 Entering the server s host name for Web client domain search 4 To add databases to the domain index go to the Domino administrator select the Files tab select the database you want to include and select Databases gt Multi database index In the pop up window select Enable and press OK This is shown in Figure 61 on page 127 126 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example People amp Groups Files Server Messaging Replication Configuration ff Server wtsc67o0e Itso Show me Databases only Tools amp notesdata Filename PhysicalPath File Forma Size MaxSize gt G3 Folder E Applications _ Invoice Man invoices nsf notesdata Applici R5 41 0 1 898 496 No li e Organisation ft Order ccountManage orderman nsf notesdata Applic R5 41 0 458 752 Noli z S Database Discuss ft Customers organisation notesdata Applic R5 41 0 1 686 528 Noli Manage ACL 0 doc Multiple Database Indexing BE Create Replica s domino Compact O FirstDatft ii Use this tool to enable or disable multiple Full Text
194. kload isolation You may need to keep some workloads separate for example if you provide outsourcing services to clients to provide security between workloads for example separating internal and external communications or if some workloads require extremely high availability 20 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 2 3 4 Low costs Many surveys by independent consultants have shown that S 390 is a less costly solution than running many small servers See for example e Cost of Messaging Comparative Study of the S 390 Lotus Domino Solution by the International Technology Group e Domino for S 390 The Business Case by the International Technology Group e Selecting a Server The Value of S 390 SG24 4812 S 390 allows you to run a small number of large servers and provides you with advanced automation tools These dramatically reduce the costs you will incur in supporting your environment Be careful when you estimate the costs for other server solutions If you do not have experience in running these types of systems it is very easy to underestimate the costs of hardware software and support staff to get good availability and performance in those environments 2 3 5 Security and integrity A major concern of commercial and government enterprises is the security and integrity of their data This concern is magnified when connections to the Internet or even extended access through an intranet are considered
195. le Notes certifiers are a true certificate authority functioning within a Domino environment Consequently understanding the role of a Notes certifier will help you to understand and interact with Internet centric certifiers 5 2 3 5 Domino SSL and Notes security With Domino you can enable SSL both on the Domino server and client browser side such as Web Navigator You complete the setup process regardless of whether you request a server certificate from a Domino or third party CA For the purpose of this redbook we set up Domino as the certificate authority The steps involved to set up a secure environment with both server and client browser SSL certificates using a Domino certificate authority are 1 Create the Domino certificate authority database and the keyring for the CA This keyring holds the public and private key of the CA The private key is exclusively used to sign server and client certificates The public key of the CA is signed with the CA s private key This signed public key is used to provide a certificate flagged as a trusted root to be installed in server and clients to establish a chain of trust 2 Create the Domino server s keyring and have its public key certified by the Domino CA This will require setting up a Domino Server Certificate Administration database to manage the servers keyring file 3 Request a client certificate s for the browser s and user s to access the server If you are us
196. ll of the following security features on your Domino NNTP server e Secure Sockets Layer SSL Encryption and Authentication Domino supports SSL encryption and accepts SSL client certificate authentication over an SSL port Refer to Chapter 5 Portal security on page 77 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example e User Authentication Name and password authentication is configurable over the standard TCP port and over the SSL port Users must log on to the Domino NNTP server using a username password pair that is recognized by the server in the Public Address Book Authenticated users are permitted to access newsgroups based on newsgroup ACLs e Anonymous Access Domino can be configured to allow Anonymous user access over the standard TCP port or over the SSL port or both Anonymous users can access all newsgroups that permit Anonymous access in the ACL e Restricted Host Access The Domino NNTP server can be configured to grant or to deny access by default to all NNTP clients or remote NNTP servers Exceptions to the default access can be listed and can include wildcards For example you can deny access to all hosts except 111 222 333 This setting would only allow access to your server from machines on that subnet or you can grant access to all hosts except 111 222 333 which would let all hosts access your server except for machines on that subnet e Restricted Newsgroup Access Using access control lists you can restr
197. look too different from the client interface appearance e If you want to use the Domino Internet Cluster Manager e If you want to use the Domino Web server API DSAPI filters You are not limited to choosing just one Web interface either the internal Domino Web interface or the Web connector You may in fact combine both methods if you need to use functions provided by one or the other 3 9 7 Domino and WebSphere WebSphere s support for Domino allows Java servlet applications to be written to run in either environment and allows the same base Java servlet code to execute in both products Applications can also call back and forth between the WebSphere and Domino environments through the use of Java In addition the capabilities of Domino and WAS can be combined in a server farm where multiple Web servers work together transparently to fulfill the needs of a single Web based solution Together WAS and Domino offer a comprehensive range of Web application server environments that support business applications from simple Web publishing through enterprise scale transaction processing and collaborative business solutions Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 49 3 9 8 Methods to open the portal As described earlier one of the advantages of having a portal is to lessen the time consuming process of users trying to find information It is all well and good to have a portal but if your users have to search for the portal it immedi
198. m located in the English gt Server installation package directory On the main dialog click Install the Sametime Server At the next dialog Sametime Server Installation you are prompted to choose between the Sametime Core or the Complete option we chose the Sametime Core option Read follow directions and click Next through the following screens Choose Installation Path Start Copying Files Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example e At the next dialog Installation Complete you should choose Yes I want to restart my computer now All files have been downloaded but the setup is not complete Click Finish to continue Note Sametime is based on Domino R5 0 3 and later It cannot run using a Directory design earlier than 5 0 3 3 Set up the Sametime server a b Enter the information in the appropriate fields Browse to the appropriate network drive and directory to select the server ID The server ID will be copied When selected the Sametime server ID should display automatically in the Sametime Server ID file field Enter the name of the Domino server from which you want to pull replicate the Domino Directory address book wtsc670e itso Click Next A progress bar displays and the installation program completes the setup a Congratulations dialog displays Click Next The Sametime server setup progress bar displays when done the Setup is finished dialog displays Click OK to
199. mance backup recovery and disaster recovery services space management tape management and reporting and simulation for performance and configuration tuning DNN Domino Named Network DNS Domain Name System A function to associate names and addresses on Internet domain servers Domain A Domino domain is a collection of Domino servers and users that share a common Domino directory The primary function is mail routing Users domains are determined by the location of their server based mail files GAN Global area network GRS Global Resource Serialization An OS 390 base component that manages serialization HTTP Hypertext Transmission Protocol An Internet protocol used to transfer files from one computer to another ICM Internet Cluster Manager Domino component for failover and load balancing of HTTP clustering IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol A mail protocol that allows clients running it to retrieve mail from a host mail server also running the protocol IMAP is similar to POP3 but has additional features For example it supports three modes of mailbox access You can enable IMAP on a Domino server I O Input output IPCS Interactive Problem Control System An OS 390 tool for examining operating system and subsystem dumps The OS 390 flavor of IPCS is written in all caps ipcs Inter Process Communication System A UNIX programming model to coordinate and serialize separate threads The UNIX ipcs is usu
200. me FunctionalPage Type Combcbox Editable Choises Use formula for choises Formula lt Select Page gt DbColumn NoCache ViewFuncPage 1 Options Refresh fields on keyword change 2 Field Name Options Type Combobox Editable Choises Use formula for choises Formula If IsError DbLookup NoCache ViewFuncCh oose Text FunctionalPage 2 Empty DbLookup NoCache Vv iewFuncChoose Text FunctionalPage 2 The FunctionalPage field is filled out with the list of the functional pages available on the portal The FuncPage hidden field is filled out in the same way by default it displays the lt Select Page gt message Once the functional page is selected the formula for the Options field for the selected functional page is automatically recalculated to display the appropriate choices In the formula for the Options field we call the view ViewFuncChoose which is related to the Functionalchoices form Both elements integrate the catalog of functional pages that are associated with their menu s choices The Functionalchoices form is an auxiliary element which produces the mapping with the choices included on the menus of the functional pages So they are generated and removed in the Lotus Script agents to add or remove choices on the functional page menus Create the Functionalchoices form shown in Figure 74 on page 144 Chapter 7 Adding functional and a
201. members of the different groups For example the outline entry in Figure 11 on page 56 would not be visible to users that do not have the Sales role assigned to them Copyright IBM Corp 2001 55 Outline Entry Hide outline entry from Notes R4 6 or later Web Browsers Y Hide outline entry if formula is true Formula Window lsNotMember Sales UserRoles E Figure 11 Outline entry For more details on how we designed the portal access and roles refer to 3 3 1 Mapping the individualized levels in the application on page 33 4 1 1 How to set up roles 56 After registering sample users we assigned them to groups added the groups to the portal database ACL and assigned each group to one or more roles 4 1 1 1 Register users We registered the users as Notes mail users with an Internet password They can access the portal database with either a Notes client or an Internet browser In this sample portal application four people are registered one for each group and one not belonging to the company Tom Arrell belongs to the PortalAdmin group Allan Smith belongs to the PortalSales group Ken Tucky belongs to the PortalTech group Alison Pier doesn t belong to a group 4 1 1 2 Create groups and assign roles Users are registered as belonging to one or more groups according to the function they belong to To manage access to certain design elements we created three groups and assigned each of these groups
202. mino has an integrated HTTP server for browser clients which contains a number of security features 5 2 2 1 Name and password You can select the level of restriction Domino uses when authenticating Web users in Domino Directories and LDAP directories This makes servers less vulnerable to security attacks by refining how Domino searches for names and authenticates Web clients Domino also uses this setting when a Java applet hosted on a Domino server authenticates users with the Domino IIOP protocol From the Domino Administrator click the Configuration tab and open the Server document Click the Security tab In the Web Server Access section choose one of the following in the Web server authentication field e More name variations with lower security Domino tries to authenticate users based on the name and password entered This authentication method can be vulnerable to hackers who attempt to access a server Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example through a legitimate user account by guessing names and passwords This choice is the default and is the Web server lookup behavior used in earlier releases of Domino This option allows users to enter any of the following in the name and password dialog box in a Web browser lastname firstname shortname fullname aliasname e Fewer name variations with higher security This lookup technique is less vulnerable to attacks because a single authentication attempt does not produce as ma
203. n create QuickPlaces oi It also allows you to Enables you to control who c who can administer the sery security SSL Displays a list of all the QuickPlaces on this server Y available disk space on your QuickPlace Server and c which are no longer in us Allows you to specify a central directory from which can invite members Provides options that determine how this QuickPlace receives email in a yariety of network configurations Figure 128 QuickPlace server settings 11 2 3 2 Registering users It is a good idea to register users who are allowed to use QuickPlace This is more secure and allows you control over who can use the server and for what purposes To register users click User Directory This will take you to the User Directory screen where you can select a directory to use for authentication see Figure 129 on page 234 You have three options to choose from e Microsoft Windows NT Domain If your network includes Windows NT Servers this option allows you to select an NT Domain on the network Members added from an NT Domain will be signed in using their current NT password Chapter 11 Collaboration 233 e LDAP server LDAP is a standard way for servers on the Internet to present directory information This choice allows you to add any LDAP server including Lotus Domino and Microsoft Exchange servers Note Your organization s network configuration may prohibit LDAP searches across the Internet
204. n Before read parameters Get the parameters data FunctionalPage doc FunctionalPage 0 TitleChoose doc TitleChoose 0 URLChoose doc URLChoose 0 FuncPage doc FuncPage OutlineMenu doc OutlineMenu Call agentLog LogAction After read The next step is to get the options menu for the functional page selected But before that we need to get the name of the outline design element that is supporting the required options menu So we write a routine that searches for this element in the hidden fields that store the list of the functional pages and their outline design elements Get the corresponding Outline Menu NumElements Ubound FuncPage For i 0 To NumElements If Cstr FunctionalPage Cstr FuncPage i Then Menu OutlineMenu i Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu FrameName Body Call agentLog LogAction Cstr Menu Exit For End If Next We compare the functional page that is in the list with the functional page specified for the user If they are the same we get the name of the outline menu and use this name as a parameter to retrieve the outline required with the method GetOutline from our database object Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu 146 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example By the way we get the name of the frame in which we want to display the application we launch through the choice we are adding Once we have the required outline design element we cre
205. n a project schedule to thoroughly explore and test these aspects of the user interface Remember an application can be functionally perfect but the users have to work with the user interface In the end it is they who decide whether an application is good or not and their judgement can hinge much more on the user interface than on the functionality Note Remember that you can use Javascript and cascading stylesheets especially in the browser environment 3 9 5 Methods used to open objects It is important to look at the ways that you open pages forms views and links Sometimes it is necessary to use two different methods when working in the Notes client and browser environment and to hide the method depending on the environment Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 47 We found that it is very easy to first implement a function in the browser environment and then to use the same URL link for the Notes client But then the link opens in the Notes client browser and not in the Notes client itself This has a performance penalty as well as a security aspect involved It is preferable to open a named element or action when working in the Notes client environment rather than a URL link Also try to find ways to use one method that caters to both environments This makes the maintenance of the portal much easier later on 3 9 6 Domino for S 390 and Web server integration 48 Our portal was designed in the S 390 environme
206. nFrameset sametimeserver is the sametime server name Figure 125 on page 227 shows an example of a Sametime chat obtained when clicking on the Portal database Sametime Chat menu entry Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Lotus Ei Ernesto Ramos Iitso started 08 Mar 01 Of x i Meeting Edit armelle creuzetiitso hello this is armelle Erna Schmidtitso Ernesto Ramosiitso hi how are you Ernesto Ramosiitso Tonie Erasmusiitso Type your text kre you ready for the meeting armelle creuzet ltso hello this is armelle Ernesto Ramos Itso hi how are you Type your text Send Invite Others Close armelle creuzet Itso is responding El A Figure 125 Accessing the Sametime community 11 2 QuickPlace QuickPlace is a self service Web tool for team collaboration QuickPlace enables the instant creation of a team workspace on the Web Teams use QuickPlace to share and organize ideas content and tasks associated with any project or ad hoc initiative 11 2 1 QuickPlace overview QuickPlace is a teamware solution As an emerging category of software International Data Corp IDC defines the attributes of teamware as follows e Primarily designed for smaller groups or teams e Duration of usage is often limited or for a specific period of time e Easy to install set up and get started e Requires minimal infrastructure and support from IT Chapter 11 Collaboration 227 228
207. nd If Resume Next End Routine If Not mqp Is Nothing Then Call mgp ClearErrorCodes Delete mqp End If If Not mqpmo Is Nothing Then Call mqpmo ClearErrorCodes Delete mqpmo End If Appendix A Code for the portal applications 243 If Not mqgmo Is Nothing Then Call mqgmo ClearErrorCodes Delete mqgmo End If If Not mqm Is Nothing Then Call mqm ClearErrorCodes Delete mqm End If If Not mqq Is Nothing Then Call mqq ClearErrorCodes Delete mqq End If If Not mqgm Is Nothing Then Call mqqm ClearErrorCodes Delete mqqm End If If Not mgs Is Nothing Then Call mgs ClearErrorCodes Delete mqs End If End Sub A 2 2 The MQGetOrderStatus agent Sub Initialize Declare MQ Objects Dim mqs As MQSession Dim mqqm As MQQueueManager Dim mqq As MQQueue Dim mqm As MQMessage Dim mqpmo As MQPutMessageOptions Dim mqgmo As MQGetMessageOptions Dim mqp As MQProcess Dim QueueName As String Dim T As String Dim ErrString As String Dim PutMsg As Integer Dim GetMsg As Integer Dim msgout As String Dim msgin As String Dim db As NotesDatabase Dim session As NotesSession Dim Agent As NotesAgent Dim ParmDoc As NotesDocument Set session New NotesSession Set db session CurrentDatabase Set Agent session currentagent Print Agent QMGetOrderStatus started Specify Name of Queue to poll QueueName SG245682 NOTES IN QUEUE 244 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Exam
208. ndar 0penView doc ToDo http address mail ToDo OpenView doc Subscription http wtsc670e Applications Subscrip nsf SubscriptionsFullscreen Call doc save True True Exit Sub Else Call agentLog LogAction lt b gt ERROR lt b gt mailfile or server not found Print lt b gt ERROR lt b gt mailfile or server not found Print lt p gt lt a href dbpath sGo back lt a gt End If Call agentLog Close End Sub 248 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example A 4 The menu generator interface Here are agents we used in the menu generator portion of the portal infrastructure A 4 1 The AddOutlineEntryWeb agent Option Public Sub Initialize Dim session As New NotesSession Dim db As NotesDatabase Dim doc As NotesDocument Dim doc2 As NotesDocument Dim outline As NotesOutline Dim NewEntry As NotesOutlineEntry Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Call agentLog LogAction Begin AddOutlineEntryWeb Set db session CurrentDatabase Set doc Session DocumentContext Ca agentLog LogAction Before read parameters Get the parameters data FunctionalPage doc FunctionalPage 0 Ca agentLog LogAction Cstr FunctionalPage URLChoose doc URLChoose 0 Ca agent Log LogAction Cstr URLChoose TitleChoose doc TitleChoose 0 Ca agent Log LogAction Cstr TitleChoose FuncPage doc FuncPage OutlineMenu doc OutlineMenu Ca agentLog
209. ned BO dea 106 6 1 2 Web browser client 0 0 00 cee ee ee 112 6 2 Enterprise portal pages 0 eee ees 122 6 2 1 Domino domain search 00 0 ee es 122 6 2 2 Quickplace j 1 5 cere gene eee ead eben dee te eet eee 128 6 273 VSAMElIMEs 40 Sey eee hie He ly Bee Sere ee One S eS eee ete 128 0 2 4 NEWS 2 005 Sodom Jenn a bd eh Sd a ar and a od Heed wet ae dot 128 6 25 NGWSGIOUPS es ck Sete ee ae ee Wad ee eae a 128 6 2 6 Discussion database naaa cece ees 129 6 2 7 Libary io age gigs he eee ae PP 130 Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 133 7 1 Functional portal pages 2 0 000 eee eee 133 fisi Sales pagere sianar a ek gee hl Oat doe asec adele By 133 7 1 2 Tech support page 2 00 ee 134 7 2 Administration pages 0000 cee eee 134 7 2 1 Portal configuration 0 0 0 0 2 ee ee 134 7 2 2 Menu generator 0 0 6 ce eens 138 1D Feedback rnea e a alice dete a a a Milan ee BR yee Baad me Ri Oa Raye a ahaa 151 7 3 1 Designing for feedback 0 0 ee 152 Chapter 8 Integration using Lotus connector products 159 8 1 Overview of Domino and enterprise integration 159 8 1 1 Lotus connectors a a a a e a ee eee 160 8 1 2 Tools for integrating enterprise data and applications 161 8 2 Integrating DB2 data using DECS 0 00008 162 8 2 1 Activating DECS during installation
210. ng fields on the form and the form is displayed to the user 114 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Current Address user mail 21010 database AgentGetMailURL Figure 56 Generation of personal page frameset structure at Web client In order to find which Domino Directory to use we created the DomDir script library and at the Option event we added Option Public Option Declare In the declaration event we added Const domdirpath names nsf This code gave us the Domino Directory used by the AgentGetMailUrl With this we fix the Domino Directory used into the AgentGetMailUrl agent Following is the code of the AgentGetMailUrl LotusScript agent Sub Initialize Dim Session As New NotesSession Dim Db As NotesDatabase Dim DomDir As NotesDatabase Dim Doc As Notesdocument Dim PersDocColl As NotesDocumentcollection Dim PerDoc As NotesDocument Dim ServDocColl As NotesDocumentcollection Dim ServDoc As NotesDocument Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 115 Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Get the full path of this database Call agentLog LogAction Get the full path of this database Set Db Session CurrentDatabase Set DomDir New Notesdatabase DomDirPath DbPath Db filepath Set doc Session DocumentContext NameUrl Lcases doc user 0 Call agentLog LogAction NameUrl1 doc user 0 S
211. nly between Notes databases and DB2 databases 8 3 1 The concepts of LEI LEI data transfer is initiated manually or in a time triggered manner It usually works as a triggered batch job LEI also contains a real time component like DECS However users are strongly encouraged to use the DECS tool for real time activities LEI How It Works Batch scheduled event driven data management tool Domino Server LEI Server Domino Connectors Connectivity Software LEI server moves data via Domino Connectors Enterprise Systems Figure 96 How LEI works The LEI Model Declarative batch job based data transfer tool 172 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example LEI is a asynchronous data transfer tool It can transfer large volumes of data in either direction between any two data sources such as Domino databases and DB2 tables The transfer can be used for redundant data storage in two data sources It can also be used for moving data from one data source to another The data transfer generally happens asynchronously in the background in a scheduled or manually activated execution The connected tables are statically defined for each connection usually one table per connection The mapping between the Notes
212. no A S 390 Example Preface In today s fast paced knowledge management environment a great deal of importance is placed on providing professional workers with information that is tailored to their job responsibilities This IBM Redbook gives a step by step description of how to build a portal application using Lotus Domino While our sample was built in an OS 390 environment using UNIX System Services the concepts and code samples apply equally well to any platform that supports a Domino server The audience for this redbook includes Domino developers architects and technical support engineers on all platforms as well as consultants and marketing support professionals A knowledge of Domino programming and operating systems is assumed The team that wrote this redbook This redbook was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization Poughkeepsie Center Mike Ebbers is a senior IT specialist at the International Technical Support Organization Poughkeepsie Center He writes extensively and teaches IBM classes worldwide on all areas of Domino on S 390 Before joining the ITSO six years ago Mike worked for 10 years in the field in IBM US and for 11 years as an instructor developer Armelle Creuzet is an IT Specialist in the IBM Server Group France She has over three years of experience in Domino for S 390 and AIX administration She has practical experience in
213. no server in question or in the server document of the server that initiated the connection to the other Domino server NNTP Network News Transfer Protocol Protocol that supports reading newsgroups posting new articles and transferring articles between news servers When enabled on a Domino server allows NNTP clients to access newsgroups on the server and allows the Domino server to exchange news with other NNTP servers NRPC or Notes RPC Notes remote procedure call This is the architectural layer of Notes used for all Notes to Notes communication You can set up either the HTTP or the SOCKS proxy to work with RPC NSF The file extension for a Notes database file NSF A database file contains the data for an application Its structure is composed of forms fields folders views and other presentation features such as a navigator and a database icon NTF The file extension for a Notes template file NTF A template file contains the structure for the database that is forms folders and views but does not contain documents Domino Designer comes with a collection of templates that you can use to create system and application databases NTI Notes Transport Interface The component of Domino server that manages communications ODBC Open Database Connectivity A standard developed by Microsoft for accessing external data ODBC has four components the ODBC enabled application the ODBC Driver Manager ODBC drivers
214. non tampered signature of a trusted third party authority During the second handshake event the client randomly generates a set of keys to be used for encrypting the messages This in conjunction with the server s public keys creates a total of four keys two of which are used to encrypt the data transmission Basically the client encrypts a cipher key with the public key that it received from the server The client then sends the encrypted message to the server The server now decrypts that message with its private key If all is well the keys that were exchanged can now be used throughout the session to protect the data from lurkers As a part of the mutual negotiation phase the client and server determine the hash function for integrity and the message encryption algorithm for encryption In this process the server asks the browser to provide a list of Chapter 5 Portal security 93 94 all possible ciphers The server then encrypts the information using the strongest allowable cipher that it holds in common with the client 5 2 3 3 SSL security benefits 1 Data is encrypted to and from clients so privacy is ensured during transactions 2 An encoded message digest accompanies the data and detects any message tampering 3 The server certificate accompanies data to assure the client that the server identity is authentic 4 The client certificate accompanies data to assure the server that the client identity is authentic
215. nt rows updated Do a Insert if row doesn t exist key EMPNO If count 0 Then count src Insert FieldLst 1 1 Print Cstr count rows inserted End If If count gt 0 Then ret ParmDoc Remove True remove Document only if Table has been updated inserted End If src Disconnect Disconnect from db2 data source DB2G Exit Sub Handler Error Handler If session status lt gt LCSUCCESS Then Print session GetstatusText 0 _ The following Lotus Connector error has occurred Else Print Error 0 _ The following LotusScript error has occurred End If End Sub A 1 2 Update insert invoice agent for Web browser access Sub Initialize On Error Goto Handler Declare Notes Objects Dim NSession As New NotesSession Dim DB As NotesDatabase Dim Agent As NotesAgent Dim count As Long Dim SQLString As String Dim hr_id As String Dim EmpDoc As NotesDocument Fetched Row from DB2 Table Dim ParmDoc As NotesDocument Parameter Doc from Agent created by form in web browser Declare LC Objects Dim Session As New LCSession Dim src As LCConnection Dim FieldOut As New LCFieldList 238 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Dim KeyList As New LCFieldList Dim FLDInvNo As LCField Dim FLDCompName As LCField Dim FLDCustNo As LCField Dim FLDDate As LCField Dim FLDItems As LCField Dim FLDSum As LCField Dim FLDPaid As LCField Dim FLDStatus As LCField Dim FLDComment As LCField Dim kfld
216. nt or it can already exist filled with data The Notes database is empty in initial status When a user wants to retrieve an invoice he clicks Search invoice and fills in the invoice number All invoices with that number are retrieved and will be visible in the Notes view as standard Notes documents as shown in Figure 98 E Add Invoice Delete 12 Search Invoice Invoice Number Customer Status IBM GS open 1156 76 000123 Figure 98 Searching for an invoice in the LCLSX application Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 179 180 The document can now be viewed or edited After changing the document it can be updated in DB2 or deleted using the action buttons shown in Figure 99 Invoice 000123 Invoice Record 02 09 2001 Date Customer Name IBM GS Customer Number 0815 Items Service OS 390 Sum 1156 78 Invoice Status mount 1156 78 paid P C open C partly paid paid Comment Customer paid the whole amount on February the 7 th Figure 99 Updating the invoice using LCLSX technology After each operation with DB2 the document is deleted from the Notes database Each of the button triggered actions calls an agent on the database These reside on the Domino server and use the agent runonserver method The parameter is handed to the agent using the agent parameter document property 9 1 2 3 Exampl
217. nt so we don t include much detail about Domino for S 390 and Web server integration in this redbook The concept is described in detail in Domino for S 390 and Web Server Integration SG24 5437 The Domino for IBM HTTP Server is an IBM HTTP Server API GWAPI program that connects Domino 5 0 1 to the IBM HTTP Server It is usually referred to as the Web connector The Web connector allows you to access Domino databases using a Web browser that is connected to a Web server on OS 390 Web IBM HTTP Server for OS 390 The Web connector runs as a GWAPI program in the IBM HTTP server tasks and accesses Domino databases using Domino APIs Based on the GWAPI construct most of the workload is shifted from the Domino server to the IBM HTTP server Domino R5 for OS 390 still provides an internal Web server in addition to this new feature The preferred option to access Domino is to use the Notes client software it is still the most efficient way to access Domino applications The Web server connectivity option is preferred for thin clients Now since there are two different methods of accessing Domino databases using the Web interface your question will very likely be which interface should you choose You probably want to use the Domino for IBM HTTP Server interface in the following cases e If you want to use Domino data or Domino access as part of a Web site that will also contain other fancy Web elements such as animation or multimedi
218. nt users to access easily and the previous item doesn t apply then you probably do not want client authentication Users might get discouraged and leave your site if you require them to get a client certificate before accessing it e If it is a requirement at your organization that clients must use multiple computers and you do not want to set up client authentication for the user on each computer then use SSL server authentication with Domino basic password authentication instead This lets the user identify themselves Chapter 5 Portal security 97 without requiring that they use the same computer each time they access the server Thus depending on your organization s specific need server side SSL with basic authentication should do the job in most cases 5 3 Database access control After the user has been authenticated be it by the Domino or the HTTP server his level of access to information on the server is determined by the access control set individually on databases views forms and even fields For the purpose of our portal we used only database level access control 5 3 1 Access control lists 98 Every database includes an access control list ACL which Domino uses to determine the level of access that users and servers have to a database Acceptable entries in the ACL include user server and group names database replica IDs the Anonymous name for Internet user access and anonymous Notes user access Internet
219. nted to the created customers DB2 table See Figure 91 on page 168 If DB2 is configured correctly on the S 390 so the Domino server with the DECS task can connect to it you can fill out the database subsystem name user name and password that should be used by the Domino server If you then press the owner or name button DECS will browse the DB2 database through the Domino server and list all available tables If it doesn t work the connection or the interface to DB2 are probably not set correctly For details refer to Enterprise Integration Using Lotus Connector Products SG24 5682 or the DECS help database Chapter 8 Integration using Lotus connector products 167 168 Connection to DB2 Connectivity Database r Hb2g a User Name ebbers1 Password F ebbers1 a Passwords NOT Encrypted Data Journaling On Off Selection Type Table O View Procedure Table Selection Owner lt Any gt Name DSN6610 CUSTOMERS Column s COMPNAME Text CUSTNO Text DEPT Text FIRSTNME Text GENDER Text HOBBIES Text INFOS Text LASTNAME Text MAIL Text PHONE Text Figure 91 DECS customer connection document Using this connection we created an activity document that controls the way DECS does the enterprise database retrieval The field mapping we used for the Notes form Person of the customers database and the customers DB2 table can be seen in Figure 92 on page 169 Build a Portal with Domino A
220. nue to add applications to the portal These include the functional pages and the administration pages 7 1 Functional portal pages We include two examples of functional pages in the portal application the sales page and the technical support page 7 1 1 Sales page This page is exclusively for users with the Sales role assigned in the portal application so this page shows applications of particular interest to the sales department We include the following applications in this page e TeamRoom e Customer 7 1 1 1 TeamRoom TeamRoom is a Lotus Notes application designed to support processes that help people work together The software does not create the sense of shared purpose common language focus and drive which make effective teams productive But by embedding in its technology a template for many of the basic practices of good teaming TeamRoom facilitates the creation and ongoing development of processes and practices common to high performance teams TeamRoom is a tool for information sharing and collaboration However the work of a TeamRoom based team is not fundamentally different than it was before groupware By creating a shared context for team work TeamRoom does what many good tools do creates leverage both for the individuals on the team and for the team as a whole Because the technology is built on a Notes groupware sharing platform this context is richer and the leverage is greater than is typicall
221. ny matches lessening the likelihood that a guessed password matches This choice is recommended for tighter security This option requires users to enter only the following in the name and password dialog box in a Web browser full hierarchical name common name alias names names other than fullname listed in the User Name field of the person document We recommend the last option Fewer name variations with higher security to be used in all cases be it for intranet or extranet authentication 5 2 2 2 Authentication for Internet intranet clients Name and password authentication also known as basic password authentication uses a basic challenge response protocol to ask users for their names and passwords and then verifies the accuracy of the passwords by checking them against those stored in Person documents in the Domino Directory When set up for this Domino asks for a name and password only when an Internet intranet client tries to access a database on the server Internet intranet access differs from Notes client and Domino server access in that a Domino server asks a Notes client or Domino server for a name and password when the client or server initially attempts to access the server If you want to assign database access to an Internet intranet client based upon Domino ACL security you must create a Person document for that client in the Domino Directory Clients who do not have Person documents are considered Anonymous and can
222. o split up the functions so that each function runs on a dedicated server The reason for this is to provide workload isolation security availability and performance The underlying reason is that the operating systems and hardware on these platforms are not able to isolate the effects of multiple workloads on the same server that is the failure of one application or function could cause a failure of the whole system or one application could Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example take more than its fair share of system resources causing poor performance of other applications This is contrary to the S 390 philosophy Since the early 1970s our customers have told us that they want to run multiple applications on a single server We therefore built into the hardware and software the functions that you need to do that and still provide excellent workload isolation security availability and performance For example e OS 390 virtually never fails More than 50 percent of the OS 390 kernel code and much of the S 390 hardware is concerned with detecting errors and resolving them while keeping the system running One customer ran for more than 2 000 days without rebooting re IPLing e If one application fails the operating system isolates it to the smallest possible part cleans it up and allows it to be restarted Other applications are not affected e OS 390 has a very sophisticated workload manager that ensures that each
223. oc OutlineMenu Ca agentLog LogAction After read parameters Get the corresponding Outline Menu NumElements Ubound FuncPage Ca agentLog LogAction Elements Cstr NumElements For i 0 To NumElements Call agentLog LogAction into the loop If Cstr FunctionalPage Cstr FuncPage i Then Menu OutlineMenu i Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu Call agentLog LogAction Outline Cstr Menu Exit For End If Next Get the required entry Set entry outline GetFirst If Not entry Is Nothing Then Do Call agentLog LogAction Compare Cstr entry Label 4 Cstr Options If Cstr entry Label Cstr Options Then Set the label If Cstr TitleChoose lt gt Then entry Label Cstr TitleChoose Call agentLog LogAction Entry label changed Else Call agentLog LogAction Entry label not changed End If Set the new URL If Cstr URLChoose lt gt Then Call agentLog LogAction To modify the URL If entry SetURL Cstr URLChoose Then Call agentLog LogAction URL modified Else Call agentLog LogAction URL not assigned End If 252 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Else Call agentLog LogAction URL not modified End If Get the functional choose doc Set view db GetView ViewFuncChoose Set doc2 view GetFirstDocument Call agentLog LogAction looking for the functional choose doc If Not doc2 Is Nothing
224. oc2 FunctionalPage 0 Cstr FunctionalPage And Cstr doc2 ChooseName 0 Cstr Options Then Appendix A Code for the portal applications 255 Call doc2 Remove True Call agentLog LogAction Fuctional choose removed Exit Do End If Set doc2 view GetNextDocument doc2 Loop While Not doc2 Is Nothing End If Exit Do End If Set entry outline GetNext entry Loop While Not entry Is Nothing End If Call outline save Call db UpdateFTIndex False Call workspace ReloadWindow Call agentLog LogAction End RemoveOutlineEntryNotes Call agentLog Close End Sub A 4 6 The UpdateOutlineEntryNotes agent Option Public Sub Initialize Dim workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace Dim uidoc As NotesUIDocument Dim db As New NotesDatabase Dim doc As NotesDocument Dim doc2 As NotesDocument Dim outline As NotesOutline Dim entry As NotesOutlineEntry Dim View As NotesView Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Call agentLog LogAction Begin UpdateOut lineEntryWeb Call db Open Wtsc670e PortalS390 nsf Set uidoc workspace CurrentDocument Set doc uidoc Document Get the parameters data Call agentLog LogAction Before read parameters FunctionalPage doc FunctionalPage 0 Options doc Options 0 TitleChoose doc TitleChoose 0 URLChoose doc URLChoose 0 FuncPage doc FuncPage OutlineMenu doc OutlineMenu Call agentLog LogAction
225. ocID Print Parm Document opened NoteID ParmDoc NoteID tkey Parmdoc GetItemValue INVNO Print key tkey 0 fetched Establish DB2 Connection Session ClearStatus Set src New LCConnection db2 Create Connection object src Database DB2G src Metadata DSN8610 INVOICES src UserID EBBERS1 src Password EBBERS1 src MapByName True Print Establishing Connection src Connect Connect to db2 data source db2g Print Connection established Create key fieldlist to be updated or inserted Set kfld FieldLst append INVNO LCTYPE_ TEXT kfld Flags LCFIELDF KEY kfld value tkey 0 Set fld FieldLst append COMPNAME LCTYPE_TEXT Copyright IBM Corp 2001 237 fld Text Parmdoc CustomerName 0 Set fld FieldLst append CUSTNO LCTYPE_TEXT fld Text Parmdoc CustomerNumber 0 Set fld FieldLst append DATE LCTYPE_TEXT fld Text Parmdoc Date 0 Set fld FieldLst append ITEMS LCTYPE_ TEXT fld Text Parmdoc pitems 0 Set fld FieldLst append SUM LCTYPE NUMERIC fld Value Parmdoc Sum 0 Set fld FieldLst append PAID LCTYPE NUMERIC fld Value Parmdoc Paid 0 Set fld FieldLst append STATUS LCTYPE_TEXT fld Text Parmdoc Status 0 Set fld FieldLst append COMMENT LCTYPE_TEXT fld Text Parmdoc Comment 0 Do a Update on the table if the row exists key EMPNO count src Update FieldLst 1 1 Print Cstr cou
226. ocation f4nm6p1nc5i34d1m60rjio9jc8pm8e1l68gjce9p64030dj16ph34d1v3to6ari4dthnarb5dpq2cgblehnkesj1dlim80_ V 3 AlnstantMessage E WebMail Radio People E YellowPages Download Calendar C4 Channels LSF Subcontractor L Parts Supply Ordering Date 11 07 2000 ShopIBM Show Catalog hu Make Order Customer Name TRM esserne View Order Status Customer Number 123456 Item 12345678901234567890 Amount 20000000 Price 0000 00 O Ordering Status open Comment by today Figure 105 Putting an order into MQSeries By clicking Shop IBM a server based agent is activated It puts this order in a defined format into an MQ queue called SG245682 OUT QUEUE This is accomplished using the MQLSX classes This message format contains the ID of the document representing the order so the connection to the originating Notes document can always be obtained If the action is successful this message is received by the browser Your Order is shipped You will receive the confirmation soon MQSeries itself can be distributed in various ways The MQ Manager handles the queue entry If necessary it distributes it using MQ transfer queues to a distributed server A CICS application reads the queue and gets the MQ message issued by the Domino server Once the message is retrieved the CICS transaction logic saves the account order information to a VSAM file When it is saved a conf
227. ocument management to newsgroups When the newsgroup is hosted on a Domino server you have all the power of Notes at your disposal for disseminating the information replication access control security full text search and the capability to create agents One example of a mail agent would be to send yourself a doclink when the agent finds an article on certain subjects Domino NNTP takes advantage of the Domino object store to serve up newsgroups to both Notes clients and Internet newsreaders One of the most powerful features of the Domino NNTP server is having a discussion database in a single object store The information in the discussion can be accessed by multiple protocols and client types NNTP HTTP Notes simultaneously Using NNTP with Domino lets anyone using any of the three types of clients Notes Web browsers or NNTP news readers participate in the same discussion For example in a discussion of product support contributors can post with Notes or with the news readers or Web browsers included with Netscape Communicator or Microsoft Outlook It is an excellent option for anything you want to publish on the Web because it allows a broad range of clients to access the discussion 10 3 Domino NNTP security features 200 Perhaps the most important feature of the Domino NNTP server is the configurable security which applies to all NNTP newsreaders and remote NNTP servers accessing your Domino server You can configure a
228. om com com awt otus otus otus otus otus otus otus otus otus otus Ks i Sametime Sametime Sametime Sametime Sametime Sametime Sametime core comparch STSession core comparch DuplicateObjectException awarenessui list AwarenessList awarenessui av AVController chatui MeetingListener chatui MeetingInfo chatui ChatUI community lookup core types STUser Appendix A Code for the portal applications 259 260 public class LiveNamesApplet extends Applet implements LoginListener ResolveListener MeetingListener Our session private STSession m_session The awareness list private AwarenessList m_awarenessList The entry point for the applet public void init try Generate a new session with a unique name m_session new STSession LiveNamesApplet this Call the session to load all available components m_session loadAl1Components m_session start setLayout new BorderLayout Create the new list view m_awarenessList new AwarenessList m_session true add m_awarenessList BorderLayout CENTER The default right click menu for the awareness list does not give audio amp video as options We can change that by changing the controller to a different one AVController avController new AvController m_awarenessList getModel m_awarenessList setController avControlle
229. on about performance issues with headline monitoring see Prevent headline monitoring in Managing Domino Databases Lotus part number CT73MNA Other topics from this manual are referenced below e The database must have a default view specified For more information on specifying a default view see the topic Default views Optionally the database can contain a subscription form You can design one yourself or copy the subscription form from the headlines nsf database installed with the Notes client To copy the subscription form from the headlines database to your database see To copy an individual design element If you are creating a subscription form from scratch you must use a formula field For more information see the topic Formula fields Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Grey color Prompt me during database close v d lotus notes data y Accept Cookies Retain View column sorting Make Notes the default web browser on my system Use Web palette y Show extended accelerators Figure 53 Checking for subscriptions in the user settings Creating the subscriptions link Once you have created the subscriptions database follow these steps to make the corresponding link into the menu outline e Create a new outline entry and call it Subscription with alias Subscription and indent it underneath the Personal outline entry for the Notes client e Choose Named Element from the dro
230. on of users and choosing the meeting type For more information about the code refer to the white paper What s New in the Sametime 2 0 Java Toolkit and the tutorial PDF file included with the Sametime server Chapter 11 Collaboration 221 222 To use this applet create a new LiveNamesApplet java file containing the Java sample source code provided in Appendix A 5 3 LiveNamesApplet Java code on page 259 Compile it for example use the javac program provided with the Java Development Kit JDK JDK is available on the Sun Web site for Windows platforms and on the IBM Java Web site for IBM platforms AIX OS 2 OS 390 UNIX System Services OS 400 and VM ESA Each release of the JDK contains the following the Java compiler JVM Java class libraries Java applet viewer Java debugger and other tools For the purpose of this redbook we used JDK 1 1 8 The command javac LiveNamesApplet java creates the LiveNamesApplet class This class is used by the LiveNamesApplet applet program For more information about Java programming and components refer to Connecting Domino to the Enterprise Using Java SG24 5425 The Sametime 2 0 Development toolkit is also needed to provide LiveNamesApplet with the classes necessary to run The toolkit can be downloaded from the Sametime Meeting Center HomePage Open the ntcenter nsf database with a browser and click the Toolkit link located at the bottom of the page and then download t
231. on unloadSession End destroy int reason 262 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Appendix B Using the additional material This redbook also contains additional material on the Web See the instructions below for using or downloading it B 1 Locating the additional material on the Internet The material associated with this redbook is available in softcopy on the Internet from the IBM Redbooks Web server Point your Web browser to ftp www redbooks ibm com redbooks SG246231 Alternatively you can go to the IBM Redbooks Web site at ibm com redbooks Select the Additional materials and open the directory that corresponds with the redbook form number B 2 Using the Web material The additional Web material that accompanies this redbook includes the following File name Description 9246231 zip Zipped files and directory as follows e PortalS390 nsf Main Portal database and design e domcfg nsf Contains the login form for the portal e STPortal nsf Contains the java applet form STChat and login to Sametime e Portalgl nsf The glossary that is used for Domino Global Workbench translation services e The Applications directory contains the add on application databases that were used to build the functional portal section B 2 1 System requirements for downloading the Web material The following system configuration is recommended for downloading the additional Web material
232. on we make the search query to find the server document for the appropriate server After obtaining the server document we obtain the net address for the server We then use this net address to generate the URLs for the personal elements of the current user During the creation of the URLs we assign them to the corresponding field of the GenerateWebPersonalPage document Using this process we created a frameset containing all the personal elements We then split the frameset into single links and added the links to the portal menu as described in the following sections Note We added forms for each entry containing a single frame for each application This was the easiest option for us since we already had the structure defined in the single form containing all the applications This might not be the ideal way to do it if each link is opened separately 6 1 2 1 Personal mail The following steps describe the creation of the link in the menu outline e Create a form called PersonalMail with alias PersonalMail e Add the fields previously added to the GenerateWebPersonalPage form e Add the following to the HTML Head Content element of the form Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 117 118 lt FRAMESET COLS gt lt FRAME NAME Mail SRC Mail gt 4 lt FRAMESET gt Add the following to the WebQueryOpen element of the form Command ToolsRunMacro AgentGetMailUrl1 Save the f
233. only access servers and databases that allow Anonymous access Name and password authentication allows Domino to locate the Person document if one exists for the client accessing the server Domino uses the Person document to identify the client After the client is identified access to databases can be determined You can use name and password authentication with either TCP IP or SSL on any servers that run an Internet protocol namely NNTP LDAP POP3 HTTP SMTP IIOP or IMAP For each Internet protocol enabled on the server you can specify the method of security For example you might enable SSL Chapter 5 Portal security 79 80 for HTTP connections but require name and password security for NNTP connections that use TCP IP Or you might use name and password security with anonymous and SSL client authentication for example to allow users with SSL client certificates to authenticate using SSL client authentication and to allow other users to enter a name and password if they do not have an SSL client certificate If you are setting up name and password authentication for an HTTP server you have an additional method for name and password authentication session based authentication Session based name and password authentication offers greater control over user interaction than basic name and password authentication and lets you customize the form in which users enter their name and password information It also allows users to
234. ons This allows you to create and compile Java agents and edit all scripts and formulas all from within Designer With native support for JavaScript and HTML in the Notes client you can in theory design applications that run the same on the Web as they do within Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Notes In addition Domino R5 allows you to use third party design tools such as NetObjects Fusion NetObjects ScriptBuilder and IBM VisualAge for Java From a Java program coded as an application a Domino agent an applet or a servlet you can call into the Domino object interface In Domino R5 you need to import the lotus domino package The lotus domino package has the same content as the R4 6 lotus notes package and supports the classes methods and enhancements of the new release The lotus domino classes allow you to access named databases lotus notes Databaseclass views and folders lotus notes Viewclass documents lotus notes Documentclass within a database and items within a document lotus notes ltemand lotus notes RichTextltemclasses The session class lotus notes Sessionclass is the root of the Domino object hierarchy providing access to the other Domino objects and represents the Domino environment of your Java program More information about Domino Enterprise Integration and Java can be found in Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 Enterprise Integration Using Domino Connector Products SG24 5682 Chapt
235. ontaining the invoice number as a parameter in the call Get Agent and Run it on the Server Set Agent db GetAgent Get Invoices Print DB2 Fetch Agent running status Agent RunOnServer ParmDoc NoteID If status 0 Then Print DB2 Data Fetch Agent executed successfully End Sub The activation technology used in the Web browser For Web access we developed a small form in the invoice database It can be included in a frame of the sales function portal page for example This form can be used from Web and Notes clients It is shown in Figure 100 on page 182 Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 181 182 Search Invoice H InvoiceNo Figure 100 Small frame for invoice search from Web and Notes The upper hotspot button is for Web access and is hidden in Notes The lower button has the functionality we described for the Notes client and is hidden on the Web The Agent to search for invoices from the Web is activated using the following commanads Command FileSave Command ToolsRunMacro Get Invoices Web Command FileCloseWindow Command OpenView Invoices by Customer The code causes the document to be saved so the agent can read the invoice number parameter using the document context The Get Invoices Web agent is started and the Invoices by Customer view is launched to view the search results The parameter documents would have to be deleted
236. ore detailed explanation of the advantages of using the Domino server on the S 390 server platform We include an excerpt from chapter 1 of Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 Installation Customization and Administration SG24 2083 2 2 The value of a large Domino server So far many Notes rollouts have used a large number of relatively small servers because this was the only option available Organizations that have done this have found that there are a number of disadvantages in this approach S 390 has the capability to support a large Domino workload In July 1999 we announced Notes bench results that certified support of 32 000 connected mail users making it the largest Domino server available See http www notesbench org In addition to these test results consider S 390 s track record e IBM has been running a production Domino server on S 390 since November 1996 This supports the largest number of users on any Domino server in production use within IBM and the largest number of active Notes client users in the world e The S 390 platform is easily capable of supporting many thousands of users Many S 390 customers do that today with other applications We know that the S 390 hardware and software can run production systems with thousands of users because we have been doing it for many years Chapter 2 Why isn t your Domino server on a S 390 15 A S 390 server is able to support large workloads because IBM has invested
237. orm Add an outline entry to the PortalMainMenu outline and indent it underneath the Personal entry for the browser client Name this entry mail with alias Mail Choose Named Element from the drop down list and choose Form in the drop down list field to the right Click the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens Click the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Current database Click the drop down list arrow in the Form field and select PersonalMail Click OK to close Set the frame to _blank to open the mail page in a separate window We also included an image for the menu entry but this is optional and only for presentation purposes Remember to check the Notes R4 6 or later checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab Close the outline entry box and save the outline 6 1 2 2 Personal calendar The following steps describe the creation of the link in the menu outline Create a form called PersonalCalendar with alias PersonalCalendar Add the fields previously added to the GenerateWebPersonalPage form Add the following to the HTML Head Content element of the form lt FRAMESET COLS gt lt FRAME NAME Calendar SRC Calendar gt lt FRAMESET gt Add the following to the WebQueryOpen element of the form Command ToolsRunMacro AgentGetMailUr1 e Save the form Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example e Add an outline entry to the PortalMainMenu outline and
238. ost important applications a company can have But why What is a portal and why do we need one A portal is a tool for managing a company s intellectual assets information content and data It takes this conglomeration of information and organizes it categorizes it personalizes it and presents it to each user at the right time and in the right context For example if you want information on one of your clients you should be able to see all the relevant data in one location You should not have to search through multiple systems such as an accounting package or a contact manager or sift through paper documents and your file server just to find what you need It should be organized and presented to you when it is most appropriate A portal is also an opportunity to streamline access to information As you can imagine organizing information streamlining processes reducing printed output and saving time all have a significant impact on the effectiveness of an organization and can provide a significant cost reduction Companies typically go to great lengths to manage the information stored within their databases structured data from accounting systems customer lists and so forth but they tend to ignore the data that exists in non structured formats such as documents 1 1 Different kinds of portals It has been said that defining a portal is a political activity That is different vendors and users could suggest definitions th
239. ot working in MacOS9 03 07 2001 6 Paragraph numbers at beginning and end of line l v Re Paragraph numbers at beginning and end of li v Re Paragraph numbers at beginning and en Re Paragraph numbers at beginning a Re Paragraph numbers at beginning a Figure 113 Automatic newsfeed downloaded from a USENET server 10 5 1 6 Considerations when pulling from newsgroups We had some trouble getting the PULL to work Here are a few pointers to keep in mind 1 Do you have authorization to access to the newsgroup It might be necessary to get permission and an ID password from the remote USENET group server before the connection will work Is your server available on the Internet that is located in the demilitarized zone or DMZ and correctly defined in the DNS Is port 119 open on your firewall to allow NNTP on that port It might be a good idea to put your Domino NNTP server in the DMZ and allow it to replicate newsgroups to internal Domino servers Servers located in the DMZ must also be defined on Internet DNS servers Consider dedicating a Domino server for NNTP pulls and pushes We used just one newsgroup for testing purposes and found that our server Chapter 10 NNTP andthe Domino server 207 was totally unavailable to other users for the duration of the download process 10 5 2 Setting up to serve newsgroups 208 You can set up your Domino server to serve newsfeeds to your local users or Internet users If yo
240. ou need to run a large production system using S 390 servers in terms of hardware software and support staff That has sometimes been to S 390 s disadvantage since the costs of a S 390 server are visible and known However it is a major advantage when you look at risks S 390 is a lower risk Chapter 2 Why isn t your Domino server on a S 390 23 solution You are not likely to get many surprises with a S 390 implementation 2 4 Developing Notes applications on a S 390 platform Domino can be used to develop and deliver a wide range of applications For example if you want to integrate new Domino applications with existing applications and data that reside on S 390 you can do this using enterprise integration connector products Running Domino applications on the same server as the existing applications and data improves the performance accessibility and manageability of the total application system and you can put a new front end on existing applications For instance you could Web enable existing systems using Domino as the development and delivery mechanism for the new user interface Let us turn to some of the considerations when we install a Domino application on a S 390 server 2 4 1 Gathering the prerequisites Here are the main items that you need to run Domino on S 390 Fora complete list see the Domino for S390 installation guide at http www notes net doc Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 0 5 requires the followin
241. ource planning systems transaction processing systems directory services and other services An overview of the connectors follows e Relational Database Management Systems RDBMS The following relational database management systems connectors are bundled with DECS and LEI only DB2 is available on S 390 at this time DB2 ODBC Oracle Sybase EDA SQL e Enterprise Resource Planning applications ERP The following list identifies the enterprise resource planning connectors These are all separate products not available on S 390 J D Edwards One World Oracle Financial Applications PeopleSoft 160 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example SAP R 3 Lawson Enterprise 400 e Transaction Processing systems The following list identifies the online transaction processing OLTP system connectors These connectors are all separate products CICS available on S 390 IMS MQSeries available on S 390 Transarc Encina TXSeries BEA Tuxedo e Directory services The directory services connectors in the following list are bundled with DECS and LEI Domino Directory available on S 390 Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP Novell Directory Services NDS e Other services The additional connectors in the following list are bundled with DECS and LEI File System Notes available on S 390 Text available on S 390 8 1 2 Tools for integrating enterprise data and applic
242. p down list in the outline entry box and choose Frameset in the drop down list to the right e Click the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens e Click the drop down list arrow in the Kind of object field and select Frameset e Click the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Subscriptions Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 111 e Click the drop down list arrow in the Frameset field and select SubscriptionsFullscreen e Click OK to close e Set the frame to _blank to open the subscriptions page in a separate window e Include an image if required e Remember to check the Web Browsers checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab e Close the outline entry box and save the outline 6 1 1 6 Sametime chat function Sametime consists of client and server applications that enable a community of users to collaborate in real time online meetings Section 11 1 Sametime on page 217 describes more about Sametime including the setup and integration of the Sametime chat function in the portal 6 1 2 Web browser client 112 As we mentioned earlier in the book we first created the personal mail calendar contacts to do list and subscriptions in a single page containing five frames in a frameset We then split the page into single frames and added a link for each entry in the menu This was more user friendly and easier to use But you may prefer a single page Therefore we first
243. penDatabase wtsc6 7oe Discuss nsf This will open the discussion database in the Notes client environment without any other customizing needed For the browser environment we added an entry in the menu outline and indented it under the Enterprise entry The entry was named Discussion with alias Discussion and contains the following URL http wtsc67oe itso ibm com Discuss nsf MasterDiscFrameset O0penFrameset wtsc67oe itso ibm com is our server domain name This will open the discussion database in the browser environment Note Remember to hide the Notes entry from browser environments and the browser entry from the Notes client environment 6 2 7 Library 130 6 2 7 1 What does this database do A document library application is an electronic filing cabinet that stores reference documents for access by a workgroup The database might contain anything from environmental impact statements for a group of engineers to financial statements for a group of loan officers Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 6 2 7 2 Who will use this database Anyone who wishes to create a record of a document or review available documents may use this database 6 2 7 3 Important Features e The database can be accessed from either a Web browser or a Notes client e The database can be used to route a document to a series of recipients during a review cycle e Document archiving can be achieved by moving expired documents to
244. perform business tasks The spreadsheet the document the Web site are all things that are used in daily business activities With portals these various types of content can be displayed and arranged in a meaningful context In particular users can arrange things in their Personal and Community Places so that they can improve the effectiveness of their personal and group based efforts In both cases content bearing portlets can be built from templates or custom designs and can be easily re sized and moved through drag and drop maneuvers People places and things should be the fundamental components of a portal solution By uniting people through real time technologies portals should Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example improve the speed and accuracy of business decisions Moreover through collaboration features communities can assemble collaborate and ultimately innovate across geographical boundaries all from a single point of access 1 4 3 First steps The first step in building a portal is planning A portal should be structured in such a way that it allow users to e Discover information quickly instead of searching for it Have consolidated access to applications Be part of a community e Have access to critical resources and information relevant to their job Have a uniquely personalized interface If you map these five functions across the following content areas you have completed the first step in planning
245. ple On Error Goto Err Routine On Error 32000 Resume Next Creating New MQSession Set mqs New MQSession If mqs CompletionCode lt gt MQCC OK Then Print Error MQSession cc amp mqs CompletionCode Print Error MQSession rc amp mgs ReasonCode End If Initiate MQQueueManager MQPutMessageOptions Message Set mgqqm New MQQueueManager Set mqgmo New MQGetMessageOptions Set mqm New MQMessage mqqm Connect to Queue Manager MQSX QmgrNames MQSX mqqm name QmgrNames Call mgqqm Connect Access the queue QOpenOptions amp 0 Set mqq mqqm AccessQueue QueueName QOpenOptions amp GET MSG Setting Message Options mgqgmo options MQGMO FAIL IF QUIESCING _ MQGMO_SYNCPOINT TS 17 Queue depth before get amp mgq CurrentDepth Print TS Check Queue entries Get the message Call mgqq Get mqm mqgmo If mqs CompletionCode lt gt MQCC OK Then Print Error amp T amp cc amp mqs CompletionCode Print Error amp T amp rc amp mqs ReasonCode End If Print Got the Message Read the message msgin mgqm ReadString mqm MessageLength Print Read the Message Commit the get Call mgqm Commit TS 24 After Get and COMMIT queue depth is amp mqq CurrentDepth Print T Check Queue entries Disconnect Print 1 Call mqqm Disconnect Print 2 Read Data into form of Document searched with NoteID Appendix A Code for the port
246. portal architecture on page 29 the personal portal consists of pages that contain a user s personal mail calendar contacts to do list subscriptions and Sametime chat option Each page provides an application related to the current user We had to make a distinction between the Notes client environment and the browser environment for the personal pages because the Web browser environment does not cater to the concepts of location documents or Notes user IDs Therefore we had to use an agent to collect the user s information from the server s Domino Directory and return the user s mail file location We explain the content of each of the personal pages beginning with the Notes client environment We then proceed to the Web browser environment Figure 51 on page 106 shows an overall view of the outline entries for the personal portal pages These entries will be displayed in the menu of the kernel portal Copyright IBM Corp 2001 105 Sametime Chat Source Notes CN wtsc6 7oe 0 Itsol PortalS 390 nsf a Home http wtsc67oe itso ibm com Personal b Mail PetsonalMail Calendar PersonalCalendar Contacts A PersonalContacts ToDo PersonalToDo Subscription PersonalSubscription y A Sametime Chat http Zitsoebbers S T Portal nsf STChat O0y Personal h y 9 Mail lnbox P Calendar Calendar y Contacts A Personal Links y ToDo ToDo y H Subscription Subscrip
247. pt teeny A Pe che te dale Ae ann AAA RRN ciel Ha ean a 277 IBM Redbooks review 00 ee eee eee 283 vii viii Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Figures 1 Graphic interpretation of an enterprise information portal 3 2 Capabilities to incorporate into a basic portal design 9 3 Our portal structure 20 0 0 00 eee 32 4 Main portal page layout structure 0 0 ee eee 36 5 Main Menu outline design element 200 eee eae 39 6 Main Menu form aE a ee eee ees 40 7 Enterprise portal page layout structure 00000 eee 41 8 Programmatic access to the Notes U 2 02000055 45 9 Database settings to launch the portal 0 00 eee 50 10 Server setting to automatically launch the portal from a browser 52 11 Outline entry ae AT tees 56 12 Defining access for the Portal group 0 e eee eee 57 13 Defining access for the Sales group 0 ce eee eee 58 14 Defining access for the Tech Support group 20 00 ee 58 15 Portal homepage for Allan Smith 0 0 00 c eee ee 59 16 Overview of the DGW localization process 200 00 62 17 DGW welcome panel 0 c eee 63 18 Creating the glossary for portal S 890 2200000 cee 63 19 Choosing the template server 0 0 00 e eee eee 64 20 Creating a tagged dat
248. r Get a reference to the ChatUI component in order to register a listener to the meeting launched events We use the session object which contains a reference to all the components that were loaded to get a reference to the ChatUI component ChatUI chat ChatUI m_session getCompApi ChatUI COMP_NAME chat addMeetingListener this Login to the community login catch DuplicateObjectException e This exception is thrown if an STSession with the same name has already been created e printStackTrace Login to the community using the user name and password parameters from the html private void login Get a reference to the community service We use the session object which contains a reference to all the components that were loaded to get a reference to the community service CommunityService comm CommunityService m_session getCompApi CommunityService COMP_ NAME Register a listener to the login logout events comm addLoginListener this Login to the community comm loginByPassword itsoebbers comm loginByPassword getCodeBase getHost get Parameter Sstserver get Parameter loginName get Parameter password Wait for the loggedin End login i event to start resolving and adding users to the list Build a Portal with Domino A 8 390 Example Logged in event Add the users to the list
249. r API available from Lotus that permits development of additional Lotus Connectors for Domino 9 1 1 The concepts of LCLSX The programmatic connector model provides a flexible real time tool for accessing or transferring low volumes of data The programmatic connector model provides data access to enterprise databases such as DB2 The model gives very flexible access to the enterprise system Synchronous real time access as well as asynchronous scheduled access can be realized in all varieties using all possible Notes events and activation functions The connectors can also be used from a Notes client this requires an additional enterprise client application such as DB2 Connect on the client workstation The programmatic connections code can be embedded in LotusScript code Different enterprise tables can be flexibly handled with the same object model Copyright IBM Corp 2001 175 176 The LotusScript Extension for Lotus Connectors LCLSX extends use of the Lotus Connectors to LotusScript The programming model is independent of individual connectors eliminating the need to learn each system but allowing experienced users to access specific connector features Using this LSX developers can access external data natively using the same object model to make calls syntactically to a variety of enterprise systems This reduces the learning curve for integrating Domino with enterprise data sources Through the LCLSX Notes and Web appl
250. r Web site is no longer a luxury if you would like to do business in other countries 4 2 1 Tools for Web site translation Here are several tools you can use to provide a multi lingual portal Domino Global Workbench DGW is a fully integrated component of the Domino Designer R5 development environment DGW enables Web application developers to quickly and cost effectively deliver multilingual Web and intranet applications Lotus Translation Component is a set of programming objects and software services that allows companies to rapidly integrate translation services capability into their Sametime and Domino Web applications The IBM WebSphere Translation Server provides a robust scalable enterprise level machine translation solution for WebSphere Domino and Sametime utilizing IBM s industry leading quality translation engines the Lotus Translation Components and the Lotus Translation Services for Sametime 4 2 2 Using Domino Global Workbench 60 Localizing a database or a template means creating a new copy of this database translated in another language Our portal database was translated using the Domino Global Workbench Domino Global Workbench is a set of tools designed to manage the localization translation of the Domino databases especially Web sites databases Domino Global Workbench analyses the design elements translates the text in them and modifies the layout It is primarily concerned with translating
251. r and on the design pane click the Framesets design bookmark Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 2 Click the New Frameset design action button The Create New Frameset screen appears 3 At the Number of frames dropdown box select two frames Next to Arrangement click the last arrangement for the frames 4 Click OK The frameset with the chosen layout appears 5 Open the Frameset Properties box and at the Basics tab a Name the frameset EnterprisePortal b Add a comment The comment appears with the initial list of framesets in the Work pane Type This is the enterprise portal page T3 Split into Columns gt Split into Rows Delete Frame 8 Remove Frame Contents j No content No content Figure 7 Enterprise portal page layout structure In Chapters 6 and 7 we will complete the content for these frames For the moment we have completed our portal s main page structure 3 5 Designing the personal portal pages Users can get access to their personal content through the selection of the personal portal entries on the menu In this section we included five of the most useful applications to show personal information related to the user The applications are mail calendar contacts tasks to do subscriptions and Sametime chat All the function required is already included in the Lotus Notes infrastructure so it was minimal effort to integrate all these elements into the personal page We first
252. r query and lookup of available connectors You do not need the LCSession class in order to connect to a data source but it is recommended because it gives good error feedback 9 1 1 3 LCConnection The LCConnection class represents an instance of a Lotus connector This class provides query and data access to the external system Multiple instances of an LCConnection class can be allocated to a single connector LCConnection properties depend on the specific connection Typical properties include LCConnection Database LCConnection UserlD and LCConnection Password 9 1 1 4 LCFieldlist The LCFieldlist class is the primary class for manipulating data through a connection It binds a group of fields together with names and a default order When you generate a result set and pass in an empty fieldlist the connector automatically populates the fieldlist For each data element of the result set the fieldlist receives the element s name and an LCField object of the Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 177 corresponding data type The result set can be controlled by manually building the fieldlist before generating the result set or by using the FieldNames property of the connection The Select and Call connection methods use an optional fieldlist of keys or parameters to restrict the result set You construct this fieldlist manually and pass it to the Select method You construct a key or parameter list by appending or ins
253. r user authentication single logon and credential mapping Users demand the highest level of security but the least amount of annoyance Tracking of activity provides users with a payback for using the portal The more users use the portal the more it becomes tailored to specific interests and affinities the user may develop While this may sound threatening at first users will have the ultimate control over what gets tracked Access and display of aggregated multiple heterogeneous data stores including relational databases multidimensional databases document management systems e mail systems Web servers news feeds and various file systems servers audio video image and so on It is extremely helpful for users to see their e mail next to news feeds and a list of online users who can help understand information while maintaining a single context Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 6 Location of important people and things A portal is based on the basic desire of users to easily find information and people by searching or navigation There must be a means of passively or actively discovering the experts communities and content in a relevant context Figure 2 shows a starting model for building a basic portal Personal Information Workgroup Community Enterprise Enterprise Extranet Business to Business Internet Commercial Figure 2 Capabilities to incorporate into a basic portal design
254. ract with IBM Corp Contents Figures o s iaeaea yeh e ait eee aie RG alanine wy has Gutane atte Re ae dens tee ix Preface aoidean une thie haloes te Se Oe OA aar aea Seen es xiii The team that wrote this redbook 0 0 0 cee eee eee xiii Comments welCome e2nec4 bere e bey anhedd eae ytti pa dape kW dy ding XV Part 1 Introduction to S 390 and portal concepts 1 Chapter 1 Portal concepts 0 200 3 1 1 Different kinds of portals 2 aaua ce eee 4 1 1 1 Horizontal versus vertical portals 0 0005 4 1 1 2 Corporate portal 2 2 a a aai E ee 5 1 2 Key features of a portal 2 eee ee 6 1 3 So what makes a portal aportal 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 8 1 4 Benefits elements and first steps 000 00000055 9 1 4 1 BenetitS aeoea aan ee cee eee ee en N 9 1 4 2 Elements of knowledge management 005 9 1 4 3 First Staps t 4 30 aba ie dy anaes beatae 11 Chapter 2 Why isn t your Domino server on a S 390 13 2 1 Domino in a S 390 environment 00 e eee eee 14 2 2 The value of a large Domino server 00 eee eens 15 2 2 1 Less administration effort 0 0 0 eee ees 16 2 2 2 Access to current data 0 0 eee ee 17 2 2 3 Faster mail routing 0 0 cee ee 17 2 2 4 Less disk space 0 ce eee ee 17 2 2 5 Less network traffic oia ca rii naa ee 17 2 2
255. rance Computed v z Spanish Computed Y Afrikaans Computed v y Figure 35 Outline entries for language database Chapter 4 User personalization 73 1 Notes client entries are computed as type action as shown in Figure 36 Outline Entry v Action oo T rance gif E Figure 36 Outline entry with type action The action formula is Command FileOpenDatabase wtsc670e Portal_fr nsf Check the Hide outline entry from Web Browsers checkbox as in Figure 37 Figure 37 Hide from Web browsers 2 Web clients entries are URL links see Figure 38 on page 75 74 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Figure 38 Outline entry Check Hide outline entry from Notes R4 6 or later as in Figure 39 Figure 39 Hide from Notes R4 6 Chapter 4 User personalization 75 You can see the results of the multilanguage portal in Figures 40 and 41 daarn nvoO Connecte armelle creuzet f Accueil gt L Pages Personnelles gt I La Compagnie gt I Departement gt L administration gt I Langage Votre avis Deconnexion Figure 40 Portal in French Radio Domino Enterprise Portal sel Search Aa Advanced Search Bienvenue sur LE PORTAIL DOMINO DE L ENTREPRISE Aann Eo Logged in armelle creuzet a Home gt I Personal gt L Enterprise gt _1 Departamento gt I Administracion gt L Idioma E Comentarios S Logout Fig
256. ribution of USENET news throughout the Internet Domino offers flexibility in newsreader clients letting the user participate in newsgroup discussions by reading and posting articles from Notes from a client news reader using the NNTP protocol or from a Web browser This is an advantage for organizations whose networks contain multiple platforms and clients It also allows non Notes members of a Notes organization to participate in newsgroup discussions through a standard NNTP newsreader or a Web browser Domino allows direct access to the NNTP server or indirect dial in access by modem to a server that has direct access to the remote NNTP server Domino provides Internet Secure Sockets Layer SSL security for your server Domino supports SSL version 3 0 authentication and encryption as well as password authentication Chapter 10 NNTP andthe Domino server 199 Domino supports private and moderated NNTP discussion groups with the familiar Notes discussion views Private groups can be distributed within your intranet or can be more widely accessed by authenticated users across the Internet Domino also supports archiving and expiration for newsgroups and allows Notes clients or Web browser clients to create personal interest profiles for notification of news articles on specific topics Domino assures that fidelity of MIME formatted news messages is preserved By using the NNTP server in Domino you have the option of applying Notes d
257. rms but not all services are available on all platforms Since we use the S 390 in our examples we will note which services are not available on the S 390 Copyright IBM Corp 2001 159 Domino Enterprise Connection Services DECS provides a real time forms based interface to enterprise data DECS is an add in task bundled with the Domino server DECS has been available since Domino R4 6 3 Lotus Enterprise Integrator LEI provides scheduled and event driven high speed data transfer and synchronization capabilities between Domino and enterprise systems LEI ships as a separate product Lotus Connector LotusScript Extension LCLSX provides LotusScript access to enterprise systems The LCLSX is bundled with Domino R4 6 3 and above and LEI 3 0 Lotus Connector Java classes provide Java access to enterprise systems using the Lotus connectors The LC Java classes are available on the Lotus Enterprise Integration Web site and are bundled with LEI 3 0 At this writing they were not available on S 390 Lotus Connector API provides C C access to enterprise systems The LC API is available on the Lotus Enterprise Integration Web site http www lotus com home nsf welcome eizone Underlying the above services are individual connectors for the supported enterprise systems 8 1 1 Lotus connectors Lotus connectors LC exist to permit access to external data sources from Domino for relational database management systems enterprise res
258. rogramming language Its interface to Domino is through predefined classes It is comparable to LotusScript in agents but cannot be attached to events in the Domino UI Domino oversees the compilation and loading of user code for agents the code can be written natively or imported Java can be used in agents Java applications and applets written and compiled outside of Domino can access Domino through the class interface Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 3 9 4 The layout of the user interface Special care should be taken with the layout and design of the user interface Things to consider that may differ in a Notes client environment and the browser environment are e The font size of the text e Scrolling of windows frames and objects Validation of input fields e Cursor positioning with the initial load of a page or form Tab orders e Button sizes e Navigation methods Performance All of these elements looked fine while we developed in for instance the Notes client environment but had to be re visited when we accessed the pages in the browser environment or vice versa Small differences can be very irritating for a user if the application does not work as intended We also found that these items could take a lot of time to correct Sometimes we had to compromise the look and feel of either the Notes client environment or the browser environment to get the best effect Our advice is to leave enough time i
259. ry Bookmarks adi Cluster Analysis xl About J Show advanced templates To nhentttre design changes Figure 123 Creating a new Sametime application database 2 Once created open both this new database with Notes Designer and also the PortalS 390 database 3 From the PortalS 390 database copy and paste to the STPortal database the elements of design listed below Frameset EnterprisePortal Frameset Main Portal Page EnterpriseBody Form MainMenu 11 1 4 2 Create the LiveNamesApplet pages We first created one form containing the LiveNamesApplet inside the form With this method we had to code the login username and password as parameters to the applet This worked well but only one user could work with the applet so we decided to provide a more sophisticated solution We created this solution with the help of frames within a frameset To create the LiveNamesApplet pages follow these steps 1 In the Designer create a new frameset consisting of two frames We named our frameset SameTime Chapter 11 Collaboration 223 224 2 Name the one frame frmHidden and set its height attribute to zero percentage This frame can not be seen by the user and is only provided to contain a form which will hold the user s username and password The frame properties must be set to contain a named element of type form and we called the form Hidden 3 Name the other frame frmSameTime and specify the frame properti
260. ryWeb agents The code for the Notes client agent is in A 4 The menu generator interface on page 249 AddOutlineEntryWeb agent When we created this agent we focused our attention on the logic and functionality of the process If you want to use this agent sample you will need to add code to validate your data and to implement more security First of all we declare the objects required to manipulate the current database db the current document doc the document that represents the new choice to be included doc2 the outline to manipulate the options menu for the functional page outline the NewEntry to add a new option to the menu NewEntry and a NotesLog object to make the tracking of the agent execution Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 145 Sub Initialize Dim session As New NotesSession Dim db As NotesDatabase Dim doc As NotesDocument Dim doc2 As NotesDocument Dim outline As NotesOutline Dim NewEntry As NotesOutlineEntry Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Call agentLog LogAction AddOutlineEntry After that we get the current database and the current document With this we get the name of the functional page required the title of the choice the URL of the choice and the hidden fields with the list of all functional pages and their corresponding option menus Set db session CurrentDatabase Set doc Session DocumentContext Call agentLog LogActio
261. s 0 txtUserName select returnValue false if returnValue true amp amp document forms 0 txtPassword value alert You must supply a Password document forms 0 txtPassword focus document forms 0 txtPassword select returnValue false i if returnValue true top frames 0 userName document forms 0 txtUserName value top frames 0 password document forms 0 txtPassword value document location SameTime OpenForm return false 8 Create another form We called this form SameTime The purpose of this form is to display the LiveNamesApplet Java applet Add the following code to the HTML Head Content of the form The purpose of the code is to load the applet supplying the username and password that were saved in the hidden frame as parameters to the applet lt script gt document writeln lt APPLET WIDTH 200 HEIGHT 200 ID LiveNamesApplet CODEBASE STPortal ns 32f 1d8e3611dee6a85256a09005e6910 SFILE CODE LiveNamesApplet class ARCHIVE CommRes jar STComm20 jar gt document writeln lt PARAM NAME archive VALUE STComm20 jar CommRes jar gt document writeln lt PARAM NAME cabinets VALUE STComm20 cab CommRes cab gt j document writeln lt PARAM NAME loginName VALUE top frames 0 userName i to pn document writeln lt PARAM NAME password VALUE top frames 0 pass
262. s established This is critical After all authentication and encryption are merely a minimum not a maximum condition for mission critical computing Within a Notes environment we can open or close access at the field level Therefore Internet security solutions can be viewed as a subset not a superset of onboard Notes security Over time Internet security might develop enough to match or surpass today s Notes security arsenal 5 2 3 6 Options SSL authentication We have two options in setting up SSL server side SSL or server side SSL plus Session authentication Both options will encrypt the connection between server and client but if you have client authentication SSL enabled the HTTP session will authenticate and verify the user whereas with server side only SSL the authentication is done with basic name and password authentication in the Domino directory Client authentication differs from server authentication with Domino basic password authentication in significant ways Table 1 on page 97 shows a comparison between the two options Depending on your organization you might benefit from some of the client authentication s seeming lack of functionality For example if your users continually forget or lose their passwords the fact that they do not have to enter a name and password might be beneficial In addition by not allowing the client certificate to move to another computer you might further secure data since a hacker
263. s clients and Web browser clients This advantage helped us to create a powerful and flexible portal enterprise application that is able to cover the requirements the users have for both environments When we designed our portal we took special care to preserve the same look and functionality for both environments Thus the users do not notice the difference when they are working in either the Notes client or Web browser environment With this characteristic we eliminated the necessity for users to learn two different ways to complete the same kind of activities Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 31 3 2 1 Portal structure 32 Portal Home Feedback Logout web only form web only l Language Mail M Language 1 Calendar M Language 2 ToDo List M Language 3 Subscription __ Language 4 Sametime Chat Enterprise Administration Quickplace M Configuration Sametime 77 Menu Administration News Newsgroups Discussion Library Functional Sales Technical Support Figure 3 Our portal structure We structured our portal into five basic levels of content illustrated in Figure 3 as follows e Personal content containing Personal mail Personal calendar Personal to do list Personal subscriptions Sametime chat e Enterprise content containing Quickplace a team workspace on the web Sametime a community of users who can colla
264. s to ensure that Sametime is functioning properly a Validate Creating a New Meeting a Start the new meeting 11 1 3 Integrating Sametime center into the portal database The Sametime Meeting Center HomePage can be integrated into the portal database by adding an outline entry to the Enterprise outline Refer to Figure 121 on page 221 220 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example EJ luv a Subscription Label Sametime H Enterprise Alias fal_sametime QuickPlace a Sametime Type URL v E News Content Value http 9 12 2 46 stcenter nst 4 a Discussion Frame _blank Discussi 2 is document gif GO Figure 121 Adding an outline entry for the Sametime meeting Web page The Stcenter nsf notes database located in the Sametime server file system must be entered as the home page in the Sametime server document Edit the Sametime server document and select the Internet Protocols gt HTTP tab Then enter stcenter nsf in the MAPPING section Home URL field as shown in Figure 122 Home URL stcenter nsf Figure 122 Entering the home URL field 11 1 4 Using the Sametime Java applets The Sametime server includes a list of sample Java applets which a developer can use to customize his environment One of these the buddy list applet LiveNames displays a list of users that is read from an HTML parameter tag along with their online status An instant meeting can be initiated by right clicking a selecti
265. s with the server when accessing the home page for www acme com then the user is authenticated for www acme com and all lower level realms However if the user accesses www acme com doc first enters a name and password and is authenticated and then accesses www acme com hr Domino prompts the user for credentials again This second prompt occurs because the browser examines the list of realms for which Domino has successfully authenticated the user and finds www acme com doc in the browser realm list Since www acme com hr is not a subdirectory of www acme com doc Domino requires the user to enter credentials again To prevent users from being prompted multiple times for their names and passwords direct them to access and authenticate with the highest level realm that they need to access This way Domino asks users for their credentials only once during the browser session If a Web site includes a link to a site on another server and that site requires authentication users will be prompted again for their credentials Chapter 5 Portal security 89 90 Note It is a good idea to create at least one high level realm regardless of whether basic or session based authentication is used We used framesets in the creation of our portal We found that even with session based authentication enabled frames within framesets that referenced databases with no access for default and anonymous readers displayed the login page in each one
266. s with alias contacts e Choose Named Element from the drop down list and choose Form in the drop down list field to the right e Click the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 119 e Click the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Current database e Click the drop down list arrow in the Form field and select PersonalContacts e Click OK to close e Set the frame to _blank to open the page in a separate window e Include an image for the menu entry if required e Remember to check the Notes R4 6 or later checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab e Close the outline entry box and save the outline 6 1 2 4 Personal to do list The following steps describe the creation of the link in the menu outline e Create a form called PersonalToDo with alias PersonalToDo e Add the fields previously added to the GenerateWebPersonalPage form e Add the following to the HTML Head Content element of the form lt FRAMESET COLS gt lt FRAME NAME ToDo SRC ToDo gt lt FRAMESET gt e Add the following to the WebQueryOpen element of the form Command ToolsRunMacro AgentGetMailUr1 e Save the form e Add an outline entry to the PortalMainMenu outline and indent it underneath the Personal entry for the browser client e Name this entry ToDo with alias ToDo e Choose Named Element from the drop down list and choose Form in t
267. sDocument Dim outline As NotesOutline Dim entry As NotesOutlineEntry Dim View As NotesView Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Call agentLog LogAction Begin RemoveOut lineEntryWeb Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 147 We get the current database the current document the parameters corresponding to functional page and the name of the option selected Set db session CurrentDatabase Set doc Session DocumentContext Get the parameters data Call agentLog LogAction Before read parameters FunctionalPage doc FunctionalPage 0 Options doc Options 0 FuncPage doc FuncPage OutlineMenu doc OutlineMenu Call agentLog LogAction After read parameters Also as we did for the AddOutlineEntryWeb agent we locate the corresponding outline design element that supports our options menu Get the corresponding Outline Menu NumElements Ubound FuncPage For i 0 To NumElements If Cstr FunctionalPage Cstr FuncPage i Then Menu OutlineMenu i Set outline db GetOutline Cstr Menu Exit For End If Next After that we proceed to locate the entry we want to remove from the outline design element options menu To do that we compare the label of each entry in the outline element with the Options selected by the user Get the required entry Set entry outline GetFirst If Not entry Is Nothing Then Do If Cstr entry Label
268. se articles are then broadcast to other interconnected computer systems via a wide variety of networks USENET is available on a wide variety of computer systems and networks but the bulk of modern USENET traffic is transported over either the Internet or UUCP USENET is the set of people who exchange articles tagged with one or more universally recognized labels called newsgroups or groups Some newsgroups are moderated the articles are first sent to a moderator for approval before appearing in the newsgroup There is often confusion about the precise set of newsgroups that constitute USENET One commonly accepted definition is newsgroups listed in the periodic List of Active Newsgroups postings which appear regularly in news lists misc and other newsgroups A broader definition of USENET would include the newsgroups listed in the article Alternative Newsgroup Hierarchies frequently posted to news lists misc An even broader definition includes newsgroups that are restricted to specific geographic Copyright IBM Corp 2001 197 198 regions or organizations Each USENET site makes its own decisions about the set of groups available to its users this set differs from site to site Note Note that the correct term is newsgroups they are not called areas bases boards bboards conferences round tables SIGs echoes rooms or usergroups Nor as noted above are they part of the Internet though they may reach
269. ser in the portal 3 3 2 2 Workgroup content We control the access related to an individual s workgroup information based on the assigned role for the specific user so a specific user only has access to the functional portals that match with their assigned roles We use the UserRoles function to identify the user role and orient the user to his corresponding functional portal 3 3 2 3 Enterprise content We opened this access to all the internal users of the company and at the same time we excluded the external users of the company We based this on Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example the role assigned to the individual user We used the UserRoles function to make this differentiation 3 3 2 4 Extranet content We opened this access to special external users we have included in our address book We based this on the role assigned to the individual user and we used the UserRoles function to make this distinction 3 3 2 5 Internet content We integrated external users not included into our address book based on anonymous access in the ACL of the portal database 3 3 3 ACL user roles We defined the following roles at the portal application e PortalAdmin e Sales e TechSupport e InternalUser e ExternalUser e Developer 3 3 3 1 PortalAdmin This role is assigned to users who are in charge of the portal administration They must be able to configure the parameters needed for the portal application W
270. ser that supports cookies and the users browsers MUST have cookies enabled Session based authentication has several other features You can customize the HTML login form your users see when prompted for authentication Domino s customized login form is contained in the Domino Configuration database DOMCFG NSF If this database does not exist create it by doing the following 1 Select File gt Database gt New 2 Select your server name 3 Type in the Database Name Keep the filename as domcfg nsf 4 Select the template server and click Show advanced templates 5 Select the Domino Web server configuration template domcfg5 ntf 6 Click OK 84 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Server wtsc70e Itso gt OK Title Domino Configuration Database Cancel File Name domctg nst Cj d Help Size Limit i di Encryption I Create full text index for searching Advanced Template Server wtscb oe lItso Domino MailTracker Store Domino R5 Certificate Authority Domino Web Administrator R5 Domino Web Server Confiquration R5 0 Domino Web Server Lag Extended Mail R5 0 Local free time info xl About domcfg5 ntf M Show advanced templates M Inherit future design changes Figure 46 Creating the Domino configuration document Once the Domino Configuration Database has been created you can change the login form for the Portal using the following steps ee Pe OW ee Oe
271. sers to use QuickPlace When you click Change Directory you will access a screen where you can specify the directory type and name see Figure 130 on page 235 You can also specify whether you want managers of QuickPlaces to add new users or only to select them from the defined user directory 234 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Directory You can specify a directory from which QuickPlace managers can select members Yo read more about directory types at the bottom of this page To specify a directory select its type ar its name below Type Domino Server Name lwtsc67oe itso ibm com itso ibm com New Users Do you want to allow QuickPlace managers to create new users in each QuickPlace ol managers to select existing users only from the available directory C Allow managers to create new users in each QuickPlace Disallow new users Require managers to select existing users from the available directory Figure 130 Specify a user directory for authentication After you specified the directory from which users will be authenticated and set all the necessary server settings Figure 128 according to your specific company standards you can allow users to start using QuickPlace 11 2 3 3 Creating a link from the portal database Create the link to QuickPlace in the Outline of the portal database by adding an entry in the PortalMainMenu see Figure 131 on page 236 Users can now start creating their own QuickPlaces and invi
272. sfer protocol NNTP 197 newsfeeds 201 security with Domino 200 using Domino 199 news enterprise 128 viewing 212 news subscription newsfeeds 197 managing 201 newsgroups 197 serving 208 no experience 23 Notes client 106 compatible code with Web browser 48 110 121 O one server multiple operating systems 20 online sales 59 opening the portal 50 from a browser 51 from the Notes client 50 OS 390 kernel code 19 one server 20 Security Services RACF 21 See also RACF 280 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example See also SAF support team 25 P P 390 card 22 page types administration 134 enterprise 122 functional 133 personal 105 parallel sysplex 22 parts ordering application 190 PC server 21 availability 21 reliability 21 peak loads 19 performance 19 21 personal content 29 mail 117 portal design 41 pages 105 personalization 55 of portal desktop 59 pervasive devices 7 portal administration pages 134 administrator 138 benefits 3 9 buildinga 9 chat 226 concepts 3 configuration 134 connectors declarative 159 programmatic 175 content enterprise 30 extranet 30 Internet 31 personal 29 corporate user tools 5 customer application 165 database 33 administrator 56 DECS 164 design 31 enterprise page 122 features 6 feedback 151 finding 50 functional page 133 horizontal 4 invoice application 178 kernel 31 main page 36 menu structure 37 multi lingual 59 news 128 newsgroups 212 parts ord
273. sgroup comp text frame It is available in the NNTP directory as specified in the connection document When opened the database looks like Figure 113 on page 207 This database can now be replicated to other Domino servers Users can view the news articles Should they want to respond to some articles your connection document connect type must be changed to pull push refer to Figure 114 on page 209 so that responses can be replicated back to the newsgroup Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example NNTP Discussi New Edit Database Profile All Documents E By Author Cl My Favorites My Interest Profile Date g Topic 03 07 2001 1 v Paragraph styles Jean Claude MAYER Re Paragraph styles Andreas Berghauer 03 07 03 07 2001 1 Re Printing to file casper Re Printing to file Robert J Niland 03 07 03 07 2001 5 converting from fm to doc Chez Re converting from fm to doc Tsu Dho Nimh 03 1 v Re converting from fm to doc Mark C 03 07 v Re converting from fm to doc Chez 03 07 x Re converting from fm to doc Tsu Dh Re converting from fm to doc Tim M 03 07 2001 char format information lost during SGML impor 03 07 2001 1 v Problem with generating WWP web index from F Re Problem with generating WAP web index frorr 03 07 2001 Color separation CMYK 1800watcher 03 07 2001 1 v Control 8 9 keystrokes not working in MacOS3 1 Re Control 8 9 keystrokes n
274. soft Windows Windows NT and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries PC Direct is a trademark of Ziff Communications Company in the United States and or other countries and is used by IBM Corporation under license ActionMedia LANDesk MMX Pentium and ProShare are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States and or other countries UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries licensed exclusively through The Open Group SET SET Secure Electronic Transaction and the SET Logo are trademarks owned by SET Secure Electronic Transaction LLC Other company product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others Appendix C Special notices 267 268 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Appendix D Related publications The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable fora more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this redbook D 1 IBM Redbooks For information on ordering these publications see How to get IBM Redbooks on page 271 Building a Portal with Lotus Domino R5 REDP0019 redpaper Domino Certification Authority and SSL Certificates REDP0046 redpaper Lotus Domino for Release 5 Enterprise Integration Using Lotus Connector Products SG24 5682 Lotus Domino for Release 5 Installation Configuration and Administration SG24 2083 Enterprise Integrat
275. start the Sametime services The Sametime server setup progress bar appears It might take two or three minutes for the services to start 4 Set the home Sametime server for users in the Sametime community The home server is the Sametime server to which each user connects for awareness and chat functionality A user s Community Services preferences buddy lists and other data are stored on the users home Sametime server Each Person document in the Directory on the Sametime server contains a Sametime server field The Sametime server field on each user s Person document must contain the name of the Sametime server You can create a simple agent to add the name of the Sametime server to the Sametime server field on each user s Person document Chapter 11 Collaboration 219 n PERSON ifielie creuzet Itsoamele dito ic E 7 Basics Mail Work Home l Other Miscellaneous Certificates Administration banca Owners armelle creuzet ltso Notes client license Lotus Notes Administrators Setup profiles Foreign directory sync Yes allowed Network account name Proposed alternate common name Proposed alternate unique organizational unit Password digest Proposed alternate name lanquage Change request None Sametime server 912 246 Figure 120 Adding the server to a Person document 5 Validate the Sametime installation dedicated server Once the Server is set up use the following procedure
276. t mqm Is Nothing Then Call mqm ClearErrorCodes Delete mqm End If If Not mqq Is Nothing Then Call mqq ClearErrorCodes Delete mqq End If If Not mqgm Is Nothing Then Call mqqm ClearErrorCodes Delete mqqm End If If Not mgs Is Nothing Then Call mgs ClearErrorCodes Delete mqs End If End Sub A 3 The personal page generator Here is an agent we used when creating the personal page of the portal A 3 1 The AgentGetMailUrl agent Option Public Use DomDir Dim Session As New NotesSession Dim Db As NotesDatabase Dim DomDir As NotesDatabase Dim Doc As Notesdocument Dim PersDocColl As NotesDocumentcollection Dim PerDoc As NotesDocument Dim ServDocColl As NotesDocumentcollection Dim ServDoc As NotesDocument Dim agentLog As New NotesLog Agent log Call agentLog OpenAgentLog Get the full path of this database Call agentLog LogAction Get the full path of this database Set Db Session CurrentDatabase Set DomDir New Notesdatabase DomDirPath DbPath Db filepath Appendix A Code for the portal applications 247 Set doc Session DocumentContext NameUrl Lcase doc user 0 Call agentLog LogAction NameUrl doc user 0 Search the mailbox via Persondocument entry SearchStrs Form Person amp lowercase Fullname NameUrlS Set PersDocColl DomDir Search SearchStr Nothing 0 In case of multiple matches If PersDocColl count gt 1 T
277. t an application or even a whole domain on a single server many design tasks become easier You do not need database replication to other servers You do not need mail routing Public Address Book distribution or network connections The best way to reduce work is to eliminate it completely Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 2 2 2 Access to current data When an application is distributed across multiple servers the various copies of the databases are kept in sync using replication However replication is an asynchronous process which means that at any point in time the most current data will not have been propagated to all of the replicas In the ideal case of a single server for an application there is no replication and everyone accesses the single up to date copy of the data In an environment with multiple servers the fewer the servers the more current the data 2 2 3 Faster mail routing When mail is sent from a client it is stored in the server s mailbox and then forwarded to the target server by the router task It takes time for the mail to be routed across the network While a server can route mail to several servers at the same time it only opens one connection to each server Therefore if a large mail file is being transferred to any server all other mail destined for the same server must wait until the first transmission finishes If the mail files for many users are on a single server mail between them
278. t makes a portal a portal 8 In this redbook we follow the conceptual model used in the redpaper Building a Portal with Lotus Domino R5 by David Morrison Martin Buckley and Steve Cappo Their description of a portal incorporates most of the features described in the previous section and provides a clear model to the layman on how to start building a portal According to this paper a portal is an application or device that provides a personalized and adaptive interface for people to discover track and interact with other relevant people applications and content Incorporating most of the features listed in 1 2 Key features of a portal on page 6 they summarize them as follows 1 Personalization for end users is the most critical feature A portal must deliver a personal or community desktop to users by establishing unique looks content and application interfaces and proactively rendering them based on the user s role in their community or by actively tracking the user s individual usage interests and behaviors Organization of the user s desktop to eliminate the information glut Users want consolidated access to their important contacts applications and content The concept of stovepipe applications are a thing of the past Organizations want easier control to design their desktop in a layout that suits them Resource division determines who sees what Portals must have a membership services layer fo
279. t to upgrade the Domino server code which may require an upgrade to the operating system software With a single S 390 server you only need to do that once and as a S 390 user you will have experience with doing operating system upgrades Contrast that with needing to upgrade the software and Domino code on many servers that may be geographically remote Your server choice can have a major impact on your future business flexibility Suppose you connect a Notes application to the Web and the access rate goes up by a factor of 10 or 100 How will you handle that kind of growth If you cannot handle it quickly you will significantly impact your customer service Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 2 3 8 Powerful I O capability and backup speed One of the factors that is often forgotten until it causes problems is the speed at which a server can process data This may not be a problem during the early stages of a project but in a production situation it becomes critical Certain tasks on the system including replication and taking data backups require the processing of large amounts of data If this cannot be done in the available time frame it can have a major impact on your applications The S 390 server has a very powerful I O subsystem The I O processing is done by a separate set of dedicated processors within the 8 390 server Therefore S 390 servers can do I O intensive tasks such as backup and recovery of data much faster th
280. t used for working within the object that the user is currently processing for example to return a default value to a field or determine selection criteria for a view Additionally formulas provide better performance in some situations and may be more convenient for simple applications e JavaScript is a cross platform object oriented scripting language Header scripts may be written in the Programmer s pane by selecting JS Header from the Objects tab and typing your script in the Script Area Scripts may also be attached to specific events such as onClick or to objects such as buttons JavaScript may not be written in an agent Domino oversees the compilation and loading of user scripts but does not store JavaScript in compiled form JavaScript is best used for Web applications or when a single application will be used in both the Notes and Web environments e LotusScript is a full object oriented programming language Its interface to Domino is through predefined classes Domino oversees the compilation and loading of user code and automatically includes the Domino class definitions LotusScript is best used where the programming logic is not simple LotusScript excels in accessing stored databases back end LotusScript provides some capabilities that formulas do not such as the ability to manipulate a database access control list ACL The UI front end capabilities of LotusScript are limited e Java is a full object oriented p
281. tal in Mexican Spanish 00 0000 cee eee 76 Notes ID password security aaus uuaa eee 78 How basic HTTP authentication works 000 eee eee eee 81 Establishing an HTTP session with session based authentication 82 Enabling session based authentication in the server document 84 Creating the Domino configuration document 000 85 Creating a Login Form Mapping in the Domino Configuration Document 86 Portal login form 2 eens 87 Web realm document 0 000 cette 91 SSL handshakes ccierirgss antennae EKDE I amie we ase 93 Outline entries for the personal portal 0 0 00 00 eee eee 106 Personal links page layout 0 00 cee eee ee 108 Checking for subscriptions in the user settings 111 GenerateWebPersonalPage form layout 2200 00e 113 FrameSet layout from the personal portal page for Web environment 114 Generation of personal page frameset structure at Web client 115 Setting up domain search on the Notes client 124 Activating Domino domain search 0 000 eee 125 indexing time schedule for domain search indexer 125 Entering the server s host name for Web client domain search 126 Adding databases to the domain search 05 127 The domain search form in the enterprise portal 128 Configuration Choice Lasi sueis iiae a tee
282. tal with Domino A S 390 Example You should consider the amount of data that is shipped over the network as well as what kind of data is shipped In the browser environment a lot of network traffic can be eliminated if for instance client side javascript is used for validating input fields before a form is submitted Java applets and images are two other network intensive elements that should be carefully considered when designing the portal It could however be better to download a Java applet once and let it do a lot of work on the client rather than sending data from the client to the server each time 3 9 3 The usage of scripts and formulas Figure 8 shows the programmatic access to the Notes UI r Figure 8 Programmatic access to the Notes UI We followed the guidelines that are documented in the Domino 5 Designer help file when we used scripts formulas and applets Before you write code see if a simple action will do the task You can design some objects with simple actions in forms or views that do not require programming Chapter 3 Kernel portal architecture 45 46 Where you have a choice among programming interfaces consider these guidelines e Formulas are expressions that have program like attributes For example you can assign values to variables and use a limited control logic The formula language interface to Domino Designer is through calls to functions and commands In general formulas are bes
283. te is not available or is responding slowly the client will shift his her attention to another site perhaps that of a competitor The Web also extends the hours of opening for your enterprise to 24 hours a day since clients can access at any time of the day or night or may even be located across the world 2 3 7 Growth and flexibility 22 Suppose that you wish to grow your Notes environment by adding new users and applications We have already seen that growth can mean adding many more servers It could also mean upgrading servers or splitting users across more servers Do not underestimate the amount of effort in doing this It can be a major logistical exercise especially if the servers are distributed geographically It will take time and effort to do it and the effort to manage your new Notes environment will increase significantly In contrast upgrading a S 390 server is easy It can often be done in a few hours usually with no associated software changes and the upgrade does not significantly increase the amount of system administration required The more you grow the more efficient S 390 becomes There are many different sizes of S 390 servers from a server based on a PC P 390 to a cluster of very large processors in a Parallel Sysplex When choosing your initial server keep in mind the size of your eventual implementation and select a server that can be upgraded to meet your future requirements Consider also a requiremen
284. te other users into the QuickPlace Note that QuickPlace uses Domino HTTP Security person documents in Domino Directories or LDAP directories to log in users Chapter 11 Collaboration 235 htta 9 12 2 26 8081 QuickPl document gif Figure 131 Creating a link to QuickPlace from the portal database More information on setting up customizing and using QuickPlace is provided in the QuickPlace User Manual at www notes net doc and Customizing QuickPlace SG24 6000 00 236 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Appendix A Code for the portal applications Here is the source code for many of the infrastructure agents and utilities in our portal A 1 Invoices application LCLSX For each agent insert the Uselsx LsxLc statement in the Options part of the agent code so the LCLSX connector code gets loaded A 1 1 Update insert invoice agent for Notes client access Sub Initialize On Error Goto Handler Declare Notes Objects Dim NSession As New NotesSession Dim DB As NotesDatabase Dim Agent As NotesAgent Dim count As Long Dim ParmDoc As NotesDocument Parameter Doc Employee Document Declare LC Objects Dim Session As New LCSession Dim src As LCConnection Dim FieldLst As New LCFieldList Dim kfld As LCField Dim fld As LCField Set DB NSession currentdatabase Set Agent NSession currentagent Read key Parameter from Employee Document Set ParmDoc db GetDocumentbyID agent ParameterD
285. the design not the content of the database but it includes some synchronization features to help with this An advantage in using DGW is that only one design exists for the whole language s databases Domino Global Workbench Release 5 0 5 works with Domino Designer 5 0 and above It can also build Notes R4 6 unilingual databases For specific requirements refer to the DGW Release Notes Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 4 2 3 Database translation process 1 Prepare the source database If new design the application with a standard naming convention This means using aliases when possible and also prefixing the design elements with significant values It is important to know whether an element has to be translated or not before beginning the whole process Refer to Step 1 in Figure 16 Overview of the DGW localization process on page 62 Select or create a glossary The glossary is created empty and is filled later in the process Existing terminology can be imported See Step 2 in Figure 16 Create the Tagged database This is the same database as the source Each design element is given a unique ID called a tag that permits this element to be linked to the glossary Create the final multi lingual database Choose a language and translate the glossary A pseudo translation step can be performed to test the impact of translation on the application behavior Refer to Step 3 in Figure 16 Chapt
286. the application The application can be accessed from the portal by switching to the TechSupport Portal Page Clicking on links allows you to create a new parts order or to view the current ordering status as shown in Figure 107 on page 194 Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 193 Tech Support Portal Order a Part _ View Order Status _ TeamRoorm Figure 107 Embedding the parts ordering application in the portal For detailed information about how the coding and configuration of this application is accomplished using Domino MQSeries and CICS refer to Lotus Domino for S 390 Release 5 Enterprise Integration Using Domino Connector Products SG24 5682 9 3 Domino and Java 194 Domino R5 is a complete Web application server that fully supports the Java environment Domino applications can be written in Java since you can call into the Domino object interface from a Java program Domino also supports CORBA to build distributed Domino applications Finally Domino supports JDBC calls to allow Java programs access to Domino data though not on S 390 Domino R5 supports many Internet models of programming so you can choose your favorite language when designing Web applications whether that language is JavaScript Java HTML 4 0 or LotusScript Java and JavaScript support are both available within Domino Designer Domino Designer R5 includes a Java editor and Java Virtual Machine JVM for developing applicati
287. the content is only relevant to members 3 1 1 3 Enterprise content This is any information or application that spans the whole organization and is used by most employees Examples of enterprise content are e Human resource information polices and procedures e Vacation processing e Travel requests Help desks e Enterprise news This information usually consists of content or applications that already exist in your organization We can utilize this information by linking it into an area of the portal where everyone has quick access 3 1 1 4 Extranet content Extranet content is interactive communication between a company and selected external business outside of an organization over a secure network This could be e Supplier order information and applications e Shared projects with team members outside your company e Shared business partner applications Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example This content is not always used by everyone Usually only one or two workgroups will use an extranet application 3 1 1 5 Internet content This content generally consists of information or tools available on the Internet such as e Customer Web sites e Stock and weather information e Subscription news services This content may be made available to certain workgroups or to everyone 3 2 Designing the kernel portal application We used the versatility offered by Lotus Domino to create applications that work in both Note
288. the design of your database using the Doclbw50 template select Actions gt Upgrade Doclib R4 Documents Chapter 6 Integrating personal and enterprise pages 131 132 to New Design This will run on all documents that were created with the R4 design and upgrade them to the R4 6 design If you have created the Document Library using either the Doclbw46 ntf Std46WebDocLib or Doclbw50 ntf StdR50WebDocLib template there is no need to use this agent 6 2 7 8 Adding a link in the portal for the database For the Notes client we added an entry in the portal menu outline and indented it under the Enterprise entry The entry was named Library with alias Library and contains the following computed action Command FileOpenDatabase wtsc67oe DocLibra nsf This will open the library database in the Notes client environment For the browser environment we added an entry in the menu outline and indented it under the Enterprise entry The entry was named Library with alias Library and contains the following URL http wtsc67oe itso ibm com DocLibra nsf OpenDatabase wtsc67oe itso ibm com is our server domain name This will open the library database in the browser environment Note Remember to hide the Notes entry from browser environments and the browser entry from the Notes client environment Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages In this chapter we conti
289. the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens e Click the drop down list arrow in the Kind of object field and select Page e Click on the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Current database e Click the drop down list arrow in the Page field and select PersonalLinks e Click OK to close e We wanted the page to open in the EnterpriseBody frame so we set the frame to EnterpriseBody e Include an image if required e Remember to check the Web Browsers checkbox in the Hide outline entry from tab e Close the outline entry box and save the outline 6 1 1 4 Personal to do list This link opens the personal to do list of the user that is logged into the portal Follow these steps to make the corresponding link e Create a new outline entry and call it ToDo with alias ToDo and indent it underneath the Personal outline entry for the Notes client e Choose Named Element from the drop down list in the outline entry box and choose View in the drop down list to the right e Click the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens e Click the drop down list arrow in the Kind of object field and select View e Click the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Users mail file e Click the drop down list arrow in the View field and select ToDo e Click OK to close e Set the frame to _blank to open the ToDo page in a separate window e Include an image if required e Remember to che
290. the portal database 4 Create the Glossary database Select Click Here to Choose Create the Glossary ies for Portal S390 and choose the portal database See Figure 18 Click Create to create a new glossary f JPortal 390 Source Lotus Domino Global WorkBench 5 0 7 4 KS Bie i gt ree fa CooL portal s 390 Bok a Figure 18 Creating the glossary for portal S 390 Chapter 4 User personalization 63 Choose a server In Figure 19 we chose Local but it could be the Domino server on the host Select the DGW Glossary template from the template dropdown list From the Lotus Glossary Information panel select first the reference language English United States and then select the language s needed for the multi language portal Afrikaans French and Spanish E portal 5 390 glossary portal 5 390 glossary nsf Decommission Server Reports Design Synopsis Template 1 DGW Projects R5 0 Figure 19 Choosing the template server 5 Create the Tagged Database Select from the name dropdown list all the elements of design to be tagged Click Create Tagged Database as in Figure 20 on page 65 64 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example w Source Databases Portal 5390 w Glossary Databases A Portal s 390 Glossary Figure 20 Creating a tagged database Select the elements you want to tag by clicking them in the Name pane to add or remove marks Then
291. tials The active user sessions can be seen in the server console by using the Tell http show sessions command The login forms can be customized to your organization s needs Figure 48 Portal login form Chapter 5 Portal security 87 88 We used the following javascript in the form onLoad event if top window frames length gt 0 top location reload true else document forms 0 username focus document forms 0 username select Because we used frames in our portal the first javascript statement determines if we are in a frame if so we reload the login screen at the top level This was done in order for the login screen to display in a full window when the session times out and not in one of the frames The second part of the javascript gives the username field the focus so that the cursor is placed in the username field We also added the following javascript code in the onSubmit event of the form to ensure that the user provides a username and password in order to eliminate unnecessary network traffic var returnValue returnValue true if document forms 0 username value alert You must supply a username document forms 0 username focus document forms 0 username select returnValue false if returnValue true amp amp document forms 0 password value alert You must supply a password document forms 0
292. ties that are aimed at its industry or niche and e commerce services for products and services relevant to its industry or niche Vertical portals also try to leverage portal Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example concepts such as branding and associated technologies but aim to do so ina more focused way for example by concentrating on a geography a specific industry or a special interest Vertical portals are gaining popularity particularly in the business to business business to consumer and business to employee space We will use the business to employee concept to define the corporate portal 1 1 2 Corporate portal Corporate portals must connect the users not only with everything they need but with everyone they need as well as provide all the tools they need to work together This means that groupware e mail workflow and desktop applications even critical business applications must all be accessible through the portal One can distinguish at least four sub types of corporate portals e Information portals connect people with information by organizing large collections of content on the basis of subjects or themes e Collaborative portals enable teams of users to establish virtual project areas or communities along with the tools for collaboration and to work cooperatively within these communities e Expertise portals link people together based on their skills and expertise as well as their information needs
293. tionsFullscreen Y Computed y Figure 51 Outline entries for the personal portal 6 1 1 Notes client We implemented this portal with both a Notes client and a Web browser end user interface First we discuss the Notes client 106 6 1 1 1 Personal mail Web Image This page contains an e mail application To include this application in the menu using a Notes client is relatively easy We simply create a link to the user s personal mail database which already exists in the Lotus Domino infrastructure Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example The following steps describe the creation of the link e Open the Designer and at the design pane click the Outlines bookmark e Select the PortalMainMenu outline and double click to open it e Add an outline entry and indent it underneath the Personal entry for the Notes client e Name this entry Mail with alias Mail e Choose Named Element from the drop down list and choose Folder in the drop down list field to the right e Click the folder icon and the Locate Object dialog box opens e Click the drop down list arrow in the Database field and select Users mail file e Click the drop down list arrow in the Folder field and select Inbox e Click OK to close e Set the frame to _blank to open the mail page in a separate window e We also included an image for the menu entry but this is optional and only for presentation purposes e Remember to check the Web Brows
294. tive applications that are provided with standard templates by the Lotus Domino infrastructure for example the teamroom application In the sales portal we included an invoice application to show how Lotus Domino can connect to DB2 on a S 390 system using the LCLSX programming connection We also included a customer database application to show how Lotus Domino can connect to DB2 on a 8 390 system using the DECS connector We included a parts ordering application in the technical support portal which uses MQseries and CICS to execute transactions on a S 390 system Follow the next steps to create a functional portal pages 1 Open Designer and on the design pane click the Framesets design bookmark Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 2 Click on the New Frameset design action button The Create New Frameset window appears 3 At the Number of frames dropdown box select two frames Next to Arrangement click the first arrangement for the frames 4 Click OK The frameset with the chosen layout appears 5 Open the Frameset Properties box and at the Basics tab a Name the frameset Sales b Add a comment The comment appears with the initial list of framesets in the Work pane Type This is the sales functional portal page 6 Click on frame 1 and at the Basics tab name the frame SalesMenu 7 Click on frame 2 and at the Basics tab name the frame SalesBody Repeat the same steps to create the
295. treal Stemming R5 search uses linguistic analysis to return documents that contain words related to the words in the search query a search on swim returns results containing swimming and swimmer For details on the domain search refer to the Domino Administration and Client Help 6 2 1 3 Setting up the domain search Here are some tips on how to set up the domain search Notes client For each Notes client the name of the catalog server has to be in the location document used as shown in Figure 57 Basics Servers l Ports Mail Internet Browser Replication Advanced Administration LOCATION ITSO Testserver Home mail server wtsc67oe itso Passthru server a Catalog domain search wtscb7oe itso a server Domino directory server a Sametime server Ty Figure 57 Setting up domain search on the Notes client Domino server A few steps must be followed in order to activate domain search on a Domino server The following steps show how we set up domain search on our Domino for S 390 server 1 The domain catalog has to be activated in the server document and the server executing the search has to be filled in as illustrated in Figure 58 on page 125 Build a Portal with Domino A 8 390 Example Peed Current Server Doge All Server Docume Configurations F s E Po Connections Peel KEES ali La Kr Server Tasks Internet Protocols 4
296. ts For the personal contacts link we created a page named Personal Links In this page we included the links to the Enterprise Contacts External Contacts and Customers The layout of the Personal Links page is shown in Figure 52 Ent Contacts External Contacts Customers Figure 52 Personal links page layout The following shows the internal sequence that takes place when a user clicks on one of links e Ent Contacts gt HotSpot Resource Link Content Named Element gt View gt People Database User s address book External Contacts gt HotSpot Resource Link Content Named Element gt View gt Contacts Database User s address book Customers gt HotSpot Resource Link Content Named Element gt View gt OrgnizationStructure Database Customers In all of these HotSpot Resource links we set the frame to _blank to open the link in a new window This give the user the choice of keeping the link open in a separate window or closing it without disturbing his view of the kernel portal Follow these steps to make the corresponding link in the menu outline e Create a new outline entry and call it contacts with alias contacts and indent it underneath the Personal outline entry for the Notes client Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example e Choose Named Element from the drop down list in the outline entry box and choose Page in the drop down list to the right e Click
297. ts do so at their own risk Any pointers in this publication to external Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of these Web sites The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and or other countries e logo Redbooks IBM Redbooks Logo Cd AIX Resource Link AS 400 RMF AT RS 6000 CICS S 390 CT SP Current System 390 DB2 TXSeries DB2 Connect VisualAge DFSMS MVS VM ESA MQSeries WebSphere Netfinity XT Open Class 400 OS 2 Lotus OS 390 Lotus Notes OS 400 Domino Parallel Sysplex Lotus QuickPlace PR SM Notes Processor Resource Systems Manager QuickPlace PR SM Sametime RACF The following terms are trademarks of other companies Tivoli Manage Anything Anywhere The Power To Manage Anything Anywhere TME NetView Cross Site Tivoli Ready Tivoli Certified Planet Tivoli and Tivoli Enterprise are trademarks or registered trademarks of Tivoli Systems Inc an IBM company in the United States other countries or both In Denmark Tivoli is a trademark licensed from Kj benhavns Sommer Tivoli A S C bus is a trademark of Corollary Inc in the United States and or other countries Java and all Java based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the United States and or other Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example countries Micro
298. ture The view formula is SELECT form Configuration Create the following columns 1 Colum name Concept Sort Ascending Type Standard Formula Concept 2 Colum name Content Sort None Type Standard Formula Content The ConfigurationPage page is composed of one element the embedded view ConfigurationView This is shown in Figure 68 Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 137 E ConfiqurationPage Page X designer E g Configuration Content URLSubscription http wtsc67o0e Ap Figure 68 ConfigurationPage page layout structure 7 2 2 Menu generator This is a special interface built to administer the choices for all the menus for the different functional pages included in our portal application This interface is only available to users with the PortalAdmin role and it can be accessed through the administration choice on the navigation menu of the portal application Through this interface we can add or erase choices for one particular option s menu from a specific functional page and we don t need to use the Notes design client to complete that activity Portal administrators must be able to add update or remove choices as necessary without having to rely on assistance from specialized technical developers 138 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example 5 Choice Action Documents agents Option 1 Option 2 j i Option 3 S Up
299. u want to allow Internet users to receive news from your Domino NNTP server you must establish a connection with an Internet service provider ISP Steps to follow to set up your server as a newsfeeder include some of the same functionality previously described for receiving news from USENET groups 1 Create a Newsgroup 2 Set up access control on individual database access control lists 3 Set up server and client security in the Server document 4 Set up capacity and posting restrictions in the Server document For steps 3 and 4 refer to 10 5 1 2 Security in the server document on page 205 and 10 5 1 3 Setting up capacity and newsgroup preferences on page 205 If you want to allow other servers to read from your newsgroups include a connection document as described in 10 5 1 1 Newsfeed connection document on page 203 with the exception that the newsfeed type would be one of the push pull combinations Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example News feed type Acceptam _Authe TER x Usern Keywords asi Chanr Create Cancel Newst Pull Push Conne Newsi Figure 114 Newsfeed types 1 0 5 2 1 Creating newsgroups Newsgroups can be created automatically during a newsfeed refer to 10 5 1 Setting up the server to receive newsfeeds on page 203 Or they can be Cc n 1 2 3 reated manually with a Notes database using the NNTP discuss
300. ucture and process to meet its goals The team s QuickPlace workspace easily adapts inner rooms are available for sub team security browser designed custom forms with approval cycles can be easily added and the cosmetics of the QuickPlace can be quickly changed to reflect the team s emerging identity Shared knowledge When the project or initiative is over a new one is just around the corner QuickPlace allows you to capture all the previously applied structure and knowledge gained into a PlaceType solution module PlaceTypes can be Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example used as the basis for the next project initiative by the same team or by other teams within your organization Deep customization QuickPlace is designed to be easy to use and productive immediately out of the box But for the corporate developer Lotus Business Partner or Application Service Provider QuickPlace provides a wealth of customization opportunities including browser customization HTML design Java agents PlaceBots and server extensions The gradient of customization extends QuickPlace from an instant collaboration application to an instant collaboration platform Directory integration Domino has excellent directory support In addition to the native Domino Name and Address book now called Domino Directory it supports LDAP directories MS Exchange NT Domain and includes an automatic IIS detection and install option Microsoft
301. uding PlaceType e QuickPlace Guide Figure 126 Opening QuickPlace Enter the user ID and the password of the administrator this is the ID and password that was used during installation of the QuickPlace server and click Submit refer to Figure 127 on page 232 Chapter 11 Collaboration 231 a QuickPlace Single Click Registration Welcome Single Click Registration Please register your QuickPlace Server by providing just four pieces of information First name Henry PF d Last name Hudson ced Email address henry_hudson ltso ibm com F d Company name BM Note The information collected here will NOT be used yA marketing or pre communications beyond the scope of this transaction C Check this box if you would like to receive email when a new QuickPlace ver available Click Submit when you have finished filling out the form Figure 127 Registering your QuickPlace server Upon successful sign in you see the Server Settings option in the left hand side of the screen Click Server Settings to go to the server administration screen Each option is described there Figure 128 on page 233 If necessary click Help for more information 232 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example i QuickPlace Go Back Instructions Instructions Security Mail Existing Server Settings Welcome to the S administrators can enter In the sid areas r Settings room O1 ron your left are li
302. up CUSTNO Set FLDDate Fieldout Lookup DATE Set FLDItems Fieldout Lookup ITEMS Set FLDSum Fieldout Lookup SUM Set FLDPaid Fieldout Lookup PAID Set FLDStatus Fieldout Lookup STATUS Set FLDComment Fieldout Lookup COMMENT The Fetch connection method reads the data from the external system into the result fieldlist resultset The individual data values may be accessed from a fieldlist using the expanded class properties For each field in a fieldlist there is a property with the corresponding name This property is an array of values using the closest available LotusScript data type to match the LCLSX data types The following loop goes over the Resultset and issues a Fetch as long as any data is left For each successful fetch a document is created in our sample application Loop over Resultset While src Fetch Fieldout gt 0 Create Document for each Row Resultset entry Set empdoc db createdocument empdoc empdoc empdoc empdoc empdoc empdoc empdoc empdoc empdoc empdoc form Invoice InvNo FldInvno text 0 CustomerName FldCompname text 0 Customernumber FLDCustno text 0 Date FLDDate text 0 PItems FLDItems text 0 Sum FLDSum text 0 Paid FLDPaid text 0 Status FLDStatus text 0 Comment FLDComment text 0 Call empdoc Save True False count Wend count 1 Finally we delete the agent parameter docum
303. ure 41 Portal in Mexican Spanish 76 Domino Enterprise Portal Search A Advanced Search Bienvenido PORTAL DOMINO CORPORATIVO Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Chapter 5 Portal security This chapter describes how to achieve portal security via user authentication and well planned access control 5 1 Authentication and access control Authentication is not the same thing as access control Authentication deals with assuring the identity of the user while access control deals with control of what a user can do You cannot successfully deal with access controls without first dealing with authentication Should authentication not be an issue for example users can login anonymously to a News database the ACL on the database must include the Anonymous entry to be set at least at the Reader level of permission 5 2 Domino server and HTTP authentication In this section we discuss the authentication process of the Domino server and its integrated HTTP server 5 2 1 Domino server authentication Whenever a Notes client or Domino server attempts to communicate with a Domino server for replication mail routing or database access two security procedures use information on the client s ID to verify that the client is legitimate Validation the first procedure establishes trust of the client s public key If validation occurs successfully authentication the second procedure begins Authentication
304. urement solutions A supplier offers items on the Internet Customers can order these items using a standard Web browser The customer can either be other departments inside of our company if the company offers parts or the application could be in another company that is connected to our company with this B2B application Then we can access the application from the extranet when the application is running on the customers extranet Web site In our scenario each customer has an account where orders are managed This is done by a transaction based CICS application derived from the standard sample application FILEA The application is illustrated in Figure 104 on page 191 and described in detail in the following text Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example remote S390 Domino CICS AccountMan Transactional Application m Application O S ties dp x lt HTTP Notes cs ase 7 ee aN Figure 104 MQLSX order account management scenario We developed a Domino application that can be accessed from the Web or from a Notes client When an item is ordered the order will be saved in the Domino server database using the Web browser see Figure 105 on page 192 191 Chapter 9 Integration using programmatic connectors 192 Netscape File Edit Yiew Go Communicator Help a iWe ates cB F a Bookmarks L
305. used IBM s news zurich iobm com NNTP server for our needs The detailed steps follow SERVER CONNECTION wtsc Basics Replication Routing NNTP Schedule l Comments Administration Connection type News NNTP Feed jii Source server wtsc67oe Itso j Destination server Internet news zurich ibm com a hostname or address Connect via Direct connection a Figure 109 Setting up a server connection document for NNTP 1 Go to Connections in the Domino Directory and choose Add Connection In the Notes R5 Administration Client you will find this under the Configurations tab 2 Choose News NNTP as the connection type 3 Name your Domino NNTP server as the Source 4 Choose Direct or Dial in for the newsfeed If you are connecting to the server locally or have a direct internet link choose Direct Chapter 10 NNTP and the Domino server 203 204 5 Name the destination server the remote NNTP server Enter its fully qualified Internet host name or IP address SERVER CONNECTION wtsc Basics l Replication Routing NNTP Schedule Comments Administration News feed type Authentication Username Password Channel encryption Port number Create newsgroups Newsgroup subdirectory Connection timeout Newsgroups Pull a None aij r 4 Enter Password None a 1195 Automatic a nntp a 0a minutes comp text frame Figure 110 Setting up NNTP news fee
306. uzzy 124 stemming 124 Secure Sockets Layer SSL 91 199 security 19 21 44 77 internet 96 one server 21 services 92 mutual authentication 92 session integrity 92 server multiple applications 18 multiple operating systems 20 splitting users 22 upgrading 22 service strategy for Domino 26 session based authentication 83 single server benefits of 15 SMP 16 See also symmetric multiprocessors SMP E 25 speed 23 SQL 179 SSL authentication 96 benefits 94 handshake 92 stemming 124 storage addressing 390 16 structure of the portal 32 subscriptions 110 121 support connected users 15 plan 26 staff OS 390 23 support team for OS 390 25 symmetric multiprocessors SMPs 16 system operation 21 resources 20 System Authorization Facility SAF 21 T tagged database 64 282 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example task inter server 16 teamroom 42 133 teamware 228 third party certification 91 to do list 109 120 tools automation 21 TPF one server 20 Translation Component 60 translation of database 61 Translation Server 60 U UNIX reliability and availability 21 UNIX System Services 14 UpdateOutlineEntryWeb agent 149 upgrading aserver 22 USENET 197 user connected 15 feedback 151 interface 47 largest number of 15 roles 55 V vertical portal 4 VM one server 20 VSAM file 192 W Web browser client 112 compatible code with Notes client 48 Web server integration with Domino 48 We
307. ve to distribute the URL to those users you are inviting to the newsgroup The URL syntax typically has the form http domino_server news_database nsf A11 O0penView which would look like this http wtsc67oe itso ibm com nntp itsomgmt nsf all Openview 10 5 3 Integrate newsgroups into the portal 212 We integrated our newsgroup into the portal database by adding an outline entry to the Enterprise Outline Depending on the focus of the newsgroup you might add it to the functional menu profiled according to roles or to the enterprise menu We added our itso internal management newsgroup to the enterprise menu refer to Figure 117 on page 213 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Outline Entry bd nntpmgmtweb URL v http wtsc67oe itso ibm com l Figure 117 Adding newsgroup to enterprise outline menu When you click on the Enterprise menu Newsgroup entry you will be presented with the view in Figure 118 on page 214 which will allow you to add documents to the database or respond to current documents Chapter 10 NNTP and the Domino server 213 Move to Trash EmptyTrash Search All Documents By Auth ELR All Documents My Interest Profile Date a Topic 1 w Changes to management structure ESchmidt Not again ESchmidt 03 07 Itso internal management Figure 118 Opening the newsgroup database from a browser Users can also set up a personal interest profile refer
308. verifies the identity of the user Authentication uses the public and private keys of the client and the server in a challenge response interaction When a Notes user logs in to the Domino server he is prompted for his password which is stored in the ID file After entering the password his ID file is validated by the server Then his notes ID file s keys and certificates are compared to the ones on the server to assure the server of his identity For security reasons Notes IDs should never be stored on a server or shared drive To prevent and minimize unauthorized access to ID files administrators should enable both the Check Password and Password Expiration fields in the person document Figure 42 on page 78 Copyright IBM Corp 2001 77 Password expiration will force users to change their Notes ID passwords every x days a good period is normally 30 days If more than one copy of an ID exists the Check Password field will ensure that only the ID with the password corresponding to the entry in the Password Digest will be authenticated asics Mail l Work Home Other Miscellaneous Certificates Administra Owners Ema Schmidt ltso j Administrators NotesAdmin Jm 4 Check password Check password a Required change interval 30 j Grace period 5 i Last change date Password digest all Change request None Figure 42 Notes ID password security 5 2 2 HTTP server authentication 78 Do
309. was hidden from the Notes clients users This field is the Body of the mail sent to the webmaster by the Web browser users when submitting their feedback See Figure 81 Field z alej a a E la Name RichTextBody Type Rich Text y Editable X Figure 81 RichTextBody field d One Send button launches either NotesSendMail or WebSendMail depending on the client type e One Reset button clears the input text fields f One SendTo hidden field containing the webmaster e mail address where the feedback will be sent 4 Two agents a NotesSendMail This LotusScript agent is designed to get the user message from the Notes form and send it to the Webmaster See Figure 82 on page 156 Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 155 NotesSendMail Manually From Actions Menu x Run once Commands may be used NotesSendMail Age LotusScript Options Sub Initialize Declarations Dim session As New NotesSession Dim workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace Terminate Dim uidoc As NotesUIDocument Dim doc As NotesDocument Dirn memo As NotesDocument Dim subj As Variant get the current doc Set uidoc workspace CurrentDocument Set doc uidoc Document create a new document in the database Set memo New NotesDocument session CurrentDatabase set the new document s form so it ll be readable as a mail memo memoa Form Memo setthe new document s Subject memo Subject
310. where NNTP is enabled 2 Open the Internet Port and Security Configuration section to specify the port settings for incoming access to the News NNTP service Default port numbers should be appropriate Enable the TCP IP and or SSL ports for incoming connections and decide if you want to allow anonymous or authenticated access If you require password authentication on TCP or SSL make sure to add an Internet password in the Person document for the user server Web Directory News Mail IoP TCP IP port number 119 TCP IP port status Enabled Authentication options Name amp password Yes Anonymous Yes SSL port number 563 SSL port status Disabled Authentication options Client certificate No Name amp password Yes Anonymous No Figure 111 NNTP port security 10 5 1 3 Setting up capacity and newsgroup preferences While the server document is still open set up capacity and posting restrictions for the newsfeeds and newsreader clients and choose other optional administrative tasks 1 Open the NNTP Server section under Internet Protocols In the Basics section enter the NNTP administrator s Notes Domino name select a logging level and configure host access 2 In the Newsreader parameters section select whether to allow posting and set capacity and a maximum timeout for the news reader clients Defaults are provided for the maximum post sizes and maximum connection size for the newsreader client
311. word i to pm document writeln lt PARAM NAME watchedNames VALUE Armelle creuzet Allan Smith Ernesto Ramos Tonie Erasmus Erna Schmidt gt document writeln lt PARAM NAME stserver VALUE 9 12 2 46 gt document writeln lt PARAM NAME cabbase VALUE CommRes cab gt document writeln lt PARAM NAME cabinets VALUE CommRes cab STComm20 cab gt document writeln lt APPLET gt lt script gt This concludes the creation of the pages for the LiveNamesApplet and provided a solution where the user can specify a username and password With this solution we were able to use the full functionality of the LiveNamesApplet with different users logging in and using the Sametime functions Chapter 11 Collaboration 225 11 1 5 Integrating the Sametime chat application into the portal database 226 The Sametime LiveNamesApplet is integrated to the portal database by adding two outline entries to the Personal Outline e The first outline entry is only for the Notes users it is hidden from Web browsers Label Sametime Chat type URL Value http sametimeserver STPortal nsf SameTime OpenFrameset sametimeserver is the name of the sametime server e The second outline entry is only for the Web browsers users hidden from Notes 4 6 or later users Label Sametime Chat type URL Value http sametimeserver STPortal nsf SameTime Ope
312. word to identify the parameter that must be used in the application The Content field records the value of the parameter used in the application Chapter 7 Adding functional and administration pages 135 136 Company Logo Concept Content Save Figure 64 New parameter interface 7 2 1 2 Consult option When the user clicks the Consult option the application displays a screen with a view of all the parameters If the user wants to modify any parameter he can simply double click it and the application will display the format with the data able to be modified Configuration Concept Content EEE RLSubscription http Avtsc67oe Applications Subscrip Figure 65 Configuration view for consults 7 2 1 3 Build interface The configuration interface is composed of the following design elements e Configuration form e ViewConfiguration view e ConfigurationPage page The configuration form is composed of the following elements Field name Concept Type Text Editable Value Concept Field name Content Type Text Editable Value Content Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example Button name Save Formula Command FileSave Gh oa yeas ou ws eos os YrrrrrrrrrrT errr TTT eer eee Concept F Concept Content Content EE Figure 66 Configuration form layout structure Create the ViewConfiguration view as shown in Figure 67 Figure 67 ViewConfiguration view layout struc
313. wsfeed you must select a newsfeed type that determines which server initiates the feed and in which direction the articles are transferred You can select from the following types 1 PULL feed Your server initiates the connection requests newly posted articles from the remote server and stores the new articles 2 PUSH feed Your server initiates the connection and sends newly posted articles to the remote server 3 ACCEPT feed Your server accepts a connection from a remote NNTP server that sends newly posted articles to your server An Accept feed is the opposite of a Push feed one server pushes the other accepts This is the most common method of distributing USENET news 4 PULL PUSH feed A combination of the PULL and PUSH feeds Your server initiates a connection to a remote NNTP server requests or pulls newly posted articles from the remote server and then sends pushes articles to the remote server that have been posted locally since the previous newsfeed An additional newsfeed type pulls from your Domino server A remote NNTP server connects to your server and requests your server to send it newly posted articles The connection is defined on the remote server and is not a newsfeed type that you choose in the Connection document 10 5 NNTP configuration 202 Setting up NNTP on the Domino server involves configuring the Server document that will act as newsfeeder and creating a connection document to connect to USE
314. y countries then at any one time some servers would be busy and others would be idle because it is the middle of the night in that time zone By consolidating all of the users onto one server you do not need the total capacity that your smaller servers had so your server capacity could be much smaller In practice you can reduce the total server capacity you need even by consolidating servers in a single location One S 390 user found that total capacity could be reduced by 22 percent just by consolidating two servers in the same location onto one 2 3 Other unique S 390 benefits We saw previously that a large server has many benefits for Domino and S 390 is a large server However S 390 has other unique benefits which we discuss in the following sections There are good reasons why many of the world s largest banks insurance companies government agencies and other large enterprises use S 390 to deliver applications A more detailed discussion of this subject is available in Selecting a Server The Value of S 390 SG24 4812 2 3 1 Multiple applications on one server 18 The S 390 server runs many applications at the same time Since today s view of a server is a box that runs one application this is one area where S 390 may be contrary to your expectations of a server platform The philosophy in the UNIX and PC server marketplace is to run each application on its own server In a Notes deployment the recommendation is t
315. y features of a portal Categorized below are many of the features one typically finds in a portal Personalization e Preferences e Push pull based information subscription e Scheduling events e Setup of filters e Personal profiles e Customizing e Proactive help e Suggestion learning Categorization e Organizing taxonomy e Index crawl e Auto classify summarize e Clustering e Extraction e Feeds Metadata manager e Content mining Full text search e Connection to structured versus unstructured data 6 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example e Business intelligence e Connection to external content Applications e Application components e Line of Business applications e Horizontal applications e Custom applications e Collaboration e Community knowledge exploitation e Asynchronous personal information manager e Synchronous personal information manager e Centralized repositories e Distance learning e Transaction e Transaction management Workflow Common core portal services e Single sign on e Directory integration e Security e Access control rights e Secured delivery Authentication e Permissions e Administration This list can never be completed since the portal space is evolving rapidly For example the integration of pervasive devices such as the cell phone and PDAs using WAP or Bluetooth is already becoming a necessary function of a portal Chapter 1 Portal concepts 7 1 3 So wha
316. y possible with sending tools like e mail Lotus Notes also makes it possible for TeamRoom to support teams whose members are geographically distributed and who are sometimes unable to be connected to their computer network Examples of work made easier and more efficient by TeamRoom include e Raising and discussing issues and concerns Copyright IBM Corp 2001 133 e Creating collaborative products memos presentations other deliverables e Brainstorming leading to resolution and action e Preparing for meetings team members can present and share information in the TeamRoom before the meeting so that meeting time can be focused on decision making e Tracking meeting agendas and resulting action items 7 1 1 2 Customer The Customer application supports a simple sales process a service the company offers to its customers They are able to input requirements about products the company offers and get direct access to the product catalog in real time The application could be accessed using either a Web browser or Notes client The Customer application is a hybrid composed of a front end developed with Lotus Notes and a back end developed with DB2 Both environments in communication with each other using DECS a feature of Domino See details at 8 2 3 The sample portal customer application on page 165 7 1 2 Tech support page Only the users with the TechSupport role assigned have access to this page an
317. your site over it Furthermore the people who run the news systems are called news administrators not sysops According to USENET If you want to be understood be accurate For more information on USENET and a list of available newsgroups visit http sunsite unc edu usenet i Ever since Domino 4 6 Network News Transfer Protocol NNTP has been an integrated part of the suite of Domino services for secure and interactive applications Using the standard Internet NNTP protocol the Domino NNTP server can participate in the distribution of public USENET news and private discussion groups over the Internet Domino NNTP users can view either private discussion groups or public USENET newsgroups from Notes from a standard news reader client or from a Web browser The Domino server NNTP process is illustrated in Figure 108 on page 199 Build a Portal with Domino A S 390 Example User view groups in news reader client Posts Article j f y Scheduled newsfeed with new posting to an Domino NNTP NNTP USENET server Other NNTP Server Servers comp groupware comp groupware lotus notes misc Scheduled newsfeed lotus notes misc with postings from other NNTP servers New newsfeed may include a response to the article Figure 108 Domino server NNTP process 10 2 Advantages of using Domino for NNTP Domino fully supports user participation in USENET newsgroup discussions and participates in the dist

"user manual"

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

&quot;user manual&quot;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

"user manual"